1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2020 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 14 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 15 #include <linux/list.h> 16 #include <linux/bug.h> 17 #include <linux/netlink.h> 18 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 19 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 20 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 22 #include <linux/net.h> 23 #include <net/regulatory.h> 24 25 /** 26 * DOC: Introduction 27 * 28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 34 * 35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 36 * use restrictions. 37 */ 38 39 40 /** 41 * DOC: Device registration 42 * 43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 45 * described below. 46 * 47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 56 * 57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 60 */ 61 62 struct wiphy; 63 64 /* 65 * wireless hardware capability structures 66 */ 67 68 /** 69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 70 * 71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 72 * 73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 75 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 78 * is not permitted. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 80 * is not permitted. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 83 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 84 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 85 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 86 * restrictions. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 95 * on this channel. 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 97 * on this channel. 98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 99 * 100 */ 101 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 102 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 103 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 104 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 106 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 114 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 115 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 116 }; 117 118 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 119 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 120 121 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 122 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 123 124 /** 125 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 126 * 127 * This structure describes a single channel for use 128 * with cfg80211. 129 * 130 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 131 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 132 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 133 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 134 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 135 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 136 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 137 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 138 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 139 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 140 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 141 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 142 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 143 * @orig_mag: internal use 144 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 145 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 146 * on this channel. 147 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 148 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 149 */ 150 struct ieee80211_channel { 151 enum nl80211_band band; 152 u32 center_freq; 153 u16 freq_offset; 154 u16 hw_value; 155 u32 flags; 156 int max_antenna_gain; 157 int max_power; 158 int max_reg_power; 159 bool beacon_found; 160 u32 orig_flags; 161 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 162 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 163 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 164 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 165 }; 166 167 /** 168 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 169 * 170 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 171 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 172 * different bands/PHY modes. 173 * 174 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 175 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 176 * with CCK rates. 177 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 178 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 179 * core code when registering the wiphy. 180 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 181 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 182 * core code when registering the wiphy. 183 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 184 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 185 * core code when registering the wiphy. 186 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 187 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 188 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 189 */ 190 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 191 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 194 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 195 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 196 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 197 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 198 }; 199 200 /** 201 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 202 * 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 204 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 205 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 206 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 207 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 208 */ 209 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 211 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 212 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 213 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 214 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 215 }; 216 217 /** 218 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 219 * 220 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 221 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 222 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 223 */ 224 enum ieee80211_privacy { 225 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 226 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 227 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 228 }; 229 230 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 231 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 232 233 /** 234 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 235 * 236 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 237 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 238 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 239 * passed around. 240 * 241 * @flags: rate-specific flags 242 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 243 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 244 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 245 * short preamble is used 246 */ 247 struct ieee80211_rate { 248 u32 flags; 249 u16 bitrate; 250 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 251 }; 252 253 /** 254 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 255 * 256 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 257 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 258 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 259 */ 260 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 261 bool enable; 262 u8 min_offset; 263 u8 max_offset; 264 }; 265 266 /** 267 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 268 * 269 * @color: the current color. 270 * @disabled: is the feature disabled. 271 * @partial: define the AID equation. 272 */ 273 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 274 u8 color; 275 bool disabled; 276 bool partial; 277 }; 278 279 /** 280 * struct ieee80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 281 * 282 * @color: the current color. 283 * @disabled: is the feature disabled. 284 * @partial: define the AID equation. 285 */ 286 struct ieee80211_he_bss_color { 287 u8 color; 288 bool disabled; 289 bool partial; 290 }; 291 292 /** 293 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 294 * 295 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 296 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 297 * 298 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 299 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 300 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 301 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 302 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 303 */ 304 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 305 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 306 bool ht_supported; 307 u8 ampdu_factor; 308 u8 ampdu_density; 309 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 310 }; 311 312 /** 313 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 314 * 315 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 316 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 317 * 318 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 319 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 320 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 321 */ 322 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 323 bool vht_supported; 324 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 325 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 326 }; 327 328 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 329 330 /** 331 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 332 * 333 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 334 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 335 * 336 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 337 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 338 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 339 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 340 */ 341 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 342 bool has_he; 343 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 344 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 345 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 346 }; 347 348 /** 349 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 350 * 351 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 352 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 353 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 354 * 355 * @types_mask: interface types mask 356 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 357 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 358 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 359 */ 360 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 361 u16 types_mask; 362 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 363 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 364 }; 365 366 /** 367 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 368 * 369 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 370 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 371 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 372 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 373 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 374 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 375 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 376 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 377 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 378 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 379 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 380 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 381 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 382 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 383 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 384 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 385 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 386 */ 387 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 388 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 389 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 390 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 391 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 392 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 393 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 394 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 395 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 396 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 397 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 398 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 399 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 400 }; 401 402 /** 403 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 404 * 405 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 406 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 407 * 408 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 409 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 410 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 411 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 412 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 413 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 414 */ 415 struct ieee80211_edmg { 416 u8 channels; 417 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 418 }; 419 420 /** 421 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 422 * 423 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 424 * is able to operate in. 425 * 426 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 427 * in this band. 428 * @band: the band this structure represents 429 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 430 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 431 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 432 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 433 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 434 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 435 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 436 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 437 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 438 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 439 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 440 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 441 * iftype_data). 442 */ 443 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 444 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 445 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 446 enum nl80211_band band; 447 int n_channels; 448 int n_bitrates; 449 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 450 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 451 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 452 u16 n_iftype_data; 453 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 454 }; 455 456 /** 457 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 458 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 459 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 460 * 461 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 462 */ 463 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 464 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 465 u8 iftype) 466 { 467 int i; 468 469 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 470 return NULL; 471 472 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 473 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 474 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 475 476 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 477 return data; 478 } 479 480 return NULL; 481 } 482 483 /** 484 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 485 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 486 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 487 * 488 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 489 */ 490 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 491 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 492 u8 iftype) 493 { 494 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 495 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 496 497 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 498 return &data->he_cap; 499 500 return NULL; 501 } 502 503 /** 504 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 505 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 506 * 507 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 508 */ 509 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 510 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 511 { 512 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 513 } 514 515 /** 516 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 517 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 518 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 519 * 520 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 521 */ 522 static inline __le16 523 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 524 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 525 { 526 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 527 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 528 529 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 530 return 0; 531 532 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 533 } 534 535 /** 536 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 537 * 538 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 539 * 540 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 541 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 542 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 543 * 544 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 545 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 546 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 547 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 548 * without affecting other devices. 549 * 550 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 551 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 552 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 553 */ 554 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 555 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 556 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 557 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 558 { 559 } 560 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 561 562 563 /* 564 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 565 */ 566 567 /** 568 * DOC: Actions and configuration 569 * 570 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 571 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 572 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 573 * operations use are described separately. 574 * 575 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 576 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 577 * 578 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 579 * in a separate chapter. 580 */ 581 582 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 583 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 584 585 /** 586 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 587 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 588 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 589 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 590 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 591 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 592 * determine the address as needed. 593 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 594 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 595 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 596 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 597 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 598 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 599 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 600 */ 601 struct vif_params { 602 u32 flags; 603 int use_4addr; 604 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 605 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 606 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 607 }; 608 609 /** 610 * struct key_params - key information 611 * 612 * Information about a key 613 * 614 * @key: key material 615 * @key_len: length of key material 616 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 617 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 618 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 619 * length given by @seq_len. 620 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 621 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 622 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 623 */ 624 struct key_params { 625 const u8 *key; 626 const u8 *seq; 627 int key_len; 628 int seq_len; 629 u16 vlan_id; 630 u32 cipher; 631 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 632 }; 633 634 /** 635 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 636 * @chan: the (control) channel 637 * @width: channel width 638 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 639 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 640 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 641 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 642 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 643 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 644 * parameters are ignored. 645 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 646 */ 647 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 648 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 649 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 650 u32 center_freq1; 651 u32 center_freq2; 652 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 653 u16 freq1_offset; 654 }; 655 656 /* 657 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 658 */ 659 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 660 struct { 661 u32 legacy; 662 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 663 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 664 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 665 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 666 }; 667 668 669 /** 670 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 671 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 672 * of the peer. 673 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 674 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 675 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 676 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 677 * @retry_long: retry count value 678 * @retry_short: retry count value 679 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 680 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 681 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 682 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 683 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 684 */ 685 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 686 bool config_override; 687 u8 tids; 688 u64 mask; 689 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 690 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 691 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 692 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 693 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 694 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 695 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 696 }; 697 698 /** 699 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 700 * @peer: Station's MAC address 701 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 702 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 703 */ 704 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 705 const u8 *peer; 706 u32 n_tid_conf; 707 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 708 }; 709 710 /** 711 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 712 * @chandef: the channel definition 713 * 714 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 715 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 716 */ 717 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 718 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 719 { 720 switch (chandef->width) { 721 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 722 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 723 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 724 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 725 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 726 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 727 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 728 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 729 default: 730 WARN_ON(1); 731 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 732 } 733 } 734 735 /** 736 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 737 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 738 * @channel: the control channel 739 * @chantype: the channel type 740 * 741 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 742 */ 743 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 744 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 745 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 746 747 /** 748 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 749 * @chandef1: first channel definition 750 * @chandef2: second channel definition 751 * 752 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 753 * identical, %false otherwise. 754 */ 755 static inline bool 756 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 757 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 758 { 759 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 760 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 761 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 762 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 763 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 764 } 765 766 /** 767 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 768 * 769 * @chandef: the channel definition 770 * 771 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 772 */ 773 static inline bool 774 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 775 { 776 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 777 } 778 779 /** 780 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 781 * @chandef1: first channel definition 782 * @chandef2: second channel definition 783 * 784 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 785 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 786 */ 787 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 788 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 789 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 790 791 /** 792 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 793 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 794 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 795 */ 796 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 797 798 /** 799 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 800 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 801 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 802 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 803 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 804 */ 805 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 806 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 807 u32 prohibited_flags); 808 809 /** 810 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 811 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 812 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 813 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 814 * Returns: 815 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 816 */ 817 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 818 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 819 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 820 821 /** 822 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 823 * 824 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 825 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 826 * 827 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 828 * 829 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 830 */ 831 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 832 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 833 { 834 switch (chandef->width) { 835 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 836 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 837 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 838 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 839 default: 840 break; 841 } 842 return 0; 843 } 844 845 /** 846 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 847 * 848 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 849 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 850 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 851 * 852 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 853 * 854 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 855 */ 856 static inline int 857 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 858 { 859 switch (chandef->width) { 860 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 861 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 862 chandef->chan->max_power); 863 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 864 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 865 chandef->chan->max_power); 866 default: 867 break; 868 } 869 return chandef->chan->max_power; 870 } 871 872 /** 873 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 874 * 875 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 876 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 877 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 878 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 879 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 880 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 881 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 882 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 883 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 884 * 885 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 886 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 887 */ 888 enum survey_info_flags { 889 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 890 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 891 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 892 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 893 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 894 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 895 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 896 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 897 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 898 }; 899 900 /** 901 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 902 * 903 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 904 * record to report global statistics 905 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 906 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 907 * optional 908 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 909 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 910 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 911 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 912 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 913 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 914 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 915 * 916 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 917 * 918 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 919 * channel duty cycle etc. 920 */ 921 struct survey_info { 922 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 923 u64 time; 924 u64 time_busy; 925 u64 time_ext_busy; 926 u64 time_rx; 927 u64 time_tx; 928 u64 time_scan; 929 u64 time_bss_rx; 930 u32 filled; 931 s8 noise; 932 }; 933 934 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 935 936 /** 937 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 938 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 939 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 940 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 941 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 942 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 943 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 944 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 945 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 946 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 947 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 948 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 949 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 950 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 951 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 952 * protocol frames. 953 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 954 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 955 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 956 * port for mac80211 957 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 958 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 959 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 960 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 961 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 962 * offload) 963 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 964 */ 965 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 966 u32 wpa_versions; 967 u32 cipher_group; 968 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 969 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 970 int n_akm_suites; 971 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 972 bool control_port; 973 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 974 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 975 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 976 bool control_port_no_preauth; 977 struct key_params *wep_keys; 978 int wep_tx_key; 979 const u8 *psk; 980 const u8 *sae_pwd; 981 u8 sae_pwd_len; 982 }; 983 984 /** 985 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 986 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 987 * or %NULL if not changed 988 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 989 * or %NULL if not changed 990 * @head_len: length of @head 991 * @tail_len: length of @tail 992 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 993 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 994 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 995 * frames or %NULL 996 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 997 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 998 * Response frames or %NULL 999 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1000 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1001 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1002 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1003 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1004 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1005 * (measurement type 8) 1006 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1007 * Token (measurement type 11) 1008 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1009 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1010 */ 1011 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1012 const u8 *head, *tail; 1013 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1014 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1015 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1016 const u8 *probe_resp; 1017 const u8 *lci; 1018 const u8 *civicloc; 1019 s8 ftm_responder; 1020 1021 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1022 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1023 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1024 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1025 size_t probe_resp_len; 1026 size_t lci_len; 1027 size_t civicloc_len; 1028 }; 1029 1030 struct mac_address { 1031 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1032 }; 1033 1034 /** 1035 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1036 * 1037 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1038 * entry specified by mac_addr 1039 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1040 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1041 */ 1042 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1043 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1044 int n_acl_entries; 1045 1046 /* Keep it last */ 1047 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 1048 }; 1049 1050 /** 1051 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 1052 * 1053 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 1054 * 1055 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 1056 */ 1057 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 1058 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 1059 }; 1060 1061 /** 1062 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1063 * 1064 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1065 * 1066 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1067 * @beacon: beacon data 1068 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1069 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1070 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1071 * user space) 1072 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1073 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1074 * @crypto: crypto settings 1075 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1076 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1077 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1078 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1079 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1080 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1081 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1082 * MAC address based access control 1083 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1084 * networks. 1085 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1086 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1087 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1088 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1089 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1090 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1091 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1092 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1093 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1094 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1095 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1096 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1097 */ 1098 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1099 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1100 1101 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1102 1103 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1104 const u8 *ssid; 1105 size_t ssid_len; 1106 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1107 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1108 bool privacy; 1109 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1110 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1111 int inactivity_timeout; 1112 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1113 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1114 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1115 bool pbss; 1116 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1117 1118 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1119 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1120 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1121 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1122 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required; 1123 bool twt_responder; 1124 u32 flags; 1125 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1126 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1127 }; 1128 1129 /** 1130 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1131 * 1132 * Used for channel switch 1133 * 1134 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1135 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1136 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1137 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1138 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1139 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1140 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1141 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1142 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1143 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1144 */ 1145 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1146 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1147 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1148 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1149 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1150 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1151 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1152 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1153 bool radar_required; 1154 bool block_tx; 1155 u8 count; 1156 }; 1157 1158 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 1159 1160 /** 1161 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1162 * 1163 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1164 * 1165 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1166 * to use for verification 1167 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1168 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1169 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1170 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1171 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1172 * nl80211_iftype. 1173 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1174 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1175 * the verification 1176 */ 1177 struct iface_combination_params { 1178 int num_different_channels; 1179 u8 radar_detect; 1180 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1181 u32 new_beacon_int; 1182 }; 1183 1184 /** 1185 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1186 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1187 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1188 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1189 * 1190 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1191 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1192 */ 1193 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1194 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1195 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1196 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1197 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1198 }; 1199 1200 /** 1201 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1202 * 1203 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1204 * 1205 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1206 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1207 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1208 * power per-interface or per-station. 1209 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1210 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1211 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1212 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1213 * per peer TPC. 1214 */ 1215 struct sta_txpwr { 1216 s16 power; 1217 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1218 }; 1219 1220 /** 1221 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1222 * 1223 * Used to change and create a new station. 1224 * 1225 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1226 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1227 * (or NULL for no change) 1228 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1229 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1230 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1231 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1232 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1233 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1234 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1235 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1236 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1237 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1238 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1239 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1240 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1241 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1242 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1243 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1244 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1245 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1246 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1247 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1248 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1249 * to unknown) 1250 * @capability: station capability 1251 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1252 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1253 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1254 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1255 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1256 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1257 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1258 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1259 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1260 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1261 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1262 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1263 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1264 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1265 */ 1266 struct station_parameters { 1267 const u8 *supported_rates; 1268 struct net_device *vlan; 1269 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1270 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1271 int listen_interval; 1272 u16 aid; 1273 u16 vlan_id; 1274 u16 peer_aid; 1275 u8 supported_rates_len; 1276 u8 plink_action; 1277 u8 plink_state; 1278 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1279 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1280 u8 uapsd_queues; 1281 u8 max_sp; 1282 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1283 u16 capability; 1284 const u8 *ext_capab; 1285 u8 ext_capab_len; 1286 const u8 *supported_channels; 1287 u8 supported_channels_len; 1288 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1289 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1290 u8 opmode_notif; 1291 bool opmode_notif_used; 1292 int support_p2p_ps; 1293 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1294 u8 he_capa_len; 1295 u16 airtime_weight; 1296 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1297 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1298 }; 1299 1300 /** 1301 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1302 * 1303 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1304 * 1305 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1306 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1307 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1308 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1309 */ 1310 struct station_del_parameters { 1311 const u8 *mac; 1312 u8 subtype; 1313 u16 reason_code; 1314 }; 1315 1316 /** 1317 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1318 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1319 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1320 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1321 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1322 * the AP MLME in the device 1323 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1324 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1325 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1326 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1327 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1328 * supported/used) 1329 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1330 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1331 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1332 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1333 */ 1334 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1335 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1336 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1337 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1338 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1339 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1340 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1341 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1342 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1343 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1344 }; 1345 1346 /** 1347 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1348 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1349 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1350 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1351 * 1352 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1353 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1354 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1355 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1356 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1357 */ 1358 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1359 struct station_parameters *params, 1360 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1361 1362 /** 1363 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1364 * 1365 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1366 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1367 * 1368 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1369 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1370 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1371 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1372 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1373 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1374 */ 1375 enum rate_info_flags { 1376 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1377 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1378 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1379 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1380 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1381 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1382 }; 1383 1384 /** 1385 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1386 * 1387 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1388 * 1389 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1390 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1391 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1392 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1393 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1394 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1395 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1396 */ 1397 enum rate_info_bw { 1398 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1399 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1400 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1401 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1402 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1403 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1404 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1405 }; 1406 1407 /** 1408 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1409 * 1410 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1411 * 1412 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1413 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1414 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1415 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1416 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1417 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1418 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1419 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1420 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1421 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1422 */ 1423 struct rate_info { 1424 u8 flags; 1425 u8 mcs; 1426 u16 legacy; 1427 u8 nss; 1428 u8 bw; 1429 u8 he_gi; 1430 u8 he_dcm; 1431 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1432 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1433 }; 1434 1435 /** 1436 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1437 * 1438 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1439 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1440 * 1441 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1442 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1443 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1444 */ 1445 enum bss_param_flags { 1446 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1447 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1448 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1449 }; 1450 1451 /** 1452 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1453 * 1454 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1455 * 1456 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1457 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1458 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1459 */ 1460 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1461 u8 flags; 1462 u8 dtim_period; 1463 u16 beacon_interval; 1464 }; 1465 1466 /** 1467 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1468 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1469 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1470 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1471 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1472 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1473 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1474 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1475 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1476 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1477 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1478 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1479 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1480 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1481 */ 1482 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1483 u32 filled; 1484 u32 backlog_bytes; 1485 u32 backlog_packets; 1486 u32 flows; 1487 u32 drops; 1488 u32 ecn_marks; 1489 u32 overlimit; 1490 u32 overmemory; 1491 u32 collisions; 1492 u32 tx_bytes; 1493 u32 tx_packets; 1494 u32 max_flows; 1495 }; 1496 1497 /** 1498 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1499 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1500 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1501 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1502 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1503 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1504 * transmitted MSDUs 1505 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1506 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1507 */ 1508 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1509 u32 filled; 1510 u64 rx_msdu; 1511 u64 tx_msdu; 1512 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1513 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1514 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1515 }; 1516 1517 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1518 1519 /** 1520 * struct station_info - station information 1521 * 1522 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1523 * 1524 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1525 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1526 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1527 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1528 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1529 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1530 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1531 * @llid: mesh local link id 1532 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1533 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1534 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1535 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1536 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1537 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1538 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1539 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1540 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1541 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1542 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1543 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1544 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1545 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1546 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1547 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1548 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1549 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1550 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1551 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1552 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1553 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1554 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1555 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1556 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1557 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1558 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1559 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1560 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1561 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1562 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1563 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1564 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1565 * towards this station. 1566 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1567 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1568 * from this peer 1569 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1570 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1571 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1572 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1573 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1574 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1575 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1576 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1577 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1578 * been sent. 1579 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1580 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1581 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1582 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1583 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1584 */ 1585 struct station_info { 1586 u64 filled; 1587 u32 connected_time; 1588 u32 inactive_time; 1589 u64 assoc_at; 1590 u64 rx_bytes; 1591 u64 tx_bytes; 1592 u16 llid; 1593 u16 plid; 1594 u8 plink_state; 1595 s8 signal; 1596 s8 signal_avg; 1597 1598 u8 chains; 1599 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1600 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1601 1602 struct rate_info txrate; 1603 struct rate_info rxrate; 1604 u32 rx_packets; 1605 u32 tx_packets; 1606 u32 tx_retries; 1607 u32 tx_failed; 1608 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1609 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1610 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1611 1612 int generation; 1613 1614 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1615 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1616 1617 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1618 s64 t_offset; 1619 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1620 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1621 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1622 1623 u32 expected_throughput; 1624 1625 u64 tx_duration; 1626 u64 rx_duration; 1627 u64 rx_beacon; 1628 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1629 u8 connected_to_gate; 1630 1631 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1632 s8 ack_signal; 1633 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1634 1635 u16 airtime_weight; 1636 1637 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1638 u32 fcs_err_count; 1639 1640 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1641 }; 1642 1643 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1644 /** 1645 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1646 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1647 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1648 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1649 * 1650 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1651 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1652 * considered undefined. 1653 */ 1654 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1655 struct station_info *sinfo); 1656 #else 1657 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1658 const u8 *mac_addr, 1659 struct station_info *sinfo) 1660 { 1661 return -ENOENT; 1662 } 1663 #endif 1664 1665 /** 1666 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1667 * 1668 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1669 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1670 * 1671 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1672 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1673 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1674 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1675 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1676 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1677 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1678 */ 1679 enum monitor_flags { 1680 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1681 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1682 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1683 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1684 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1685 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1686 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1687 }; 1688 1689 /** 1690 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1691 * 1692 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1693 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1694 * 1695 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1696 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1697 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1698 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1699 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1700 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1701 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1702 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1703 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1704 */ 1705 enum mpath_info_flags { 1706 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1707 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1708 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1709 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1710 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1711 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1712 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1713 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1714 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1715 }; 1716 1717 /** 1718 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1719 * 1720 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1721 * 1722 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1723 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1724 * @sn: target sequence number 1725 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1726 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1727 * @flags: mesh path flags 1728 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1729 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1730 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1731 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1732 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1733 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1734 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1735 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1736 */ 1737 struct mpath_info { 1738 u32 filled; 1739 u32 frame_qlen; 1740 u32 sn; 1741 u32 metric; 1742 u32 exptime; 1743 u32 discovery_timeout; 1744 u8 discovery_retries; 1745 u8 flags; 1746 u8 hop_count; 1747 u32 path_change_count; 1748 1749 int generation; 1750 }; 1751 1752 /** 1753 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1754 * 1755 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1756 * 1757 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1758 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1759 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1760 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1761 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1762 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1763 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1764 * (or NULL for no change) 1765 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1766 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1767 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1768 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1769 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1770 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1771 */ 1772 struct bss_parameters { 1773 int use_cts_prot; 1774 int use_short_preamble; 1775 int use_short_slot_time; 1776 const u8 *basic_rates; 1777 u8 basic_rates_len; 1778 int ap_isolate; 1779 int ht_opmode; 1780 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1781 }; 1782 1783 /** 1784 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1785 * 1786 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1787 * 1788 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1789 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1790 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1791 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1792 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1793 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1794 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1795 * mesh interface 1796 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1797 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1798 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1799 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1800 * elements 1801 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1802 * detect compatible mesh peers 1803 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1804 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1805 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1806 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1807 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1808 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1809 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1810 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1811 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1812 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1813 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1814 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1815 * element 1816 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1817 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1818 * element 1819 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1820 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1821 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1822 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1823 * announcements are transmitted 1824 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1825 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1826 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1827 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1828 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1829 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1830 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1831 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1832 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1833 * station to establish a peer link 1834 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1835 * 1836 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1837 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1838 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1839 * 1840 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1841 * PREQs are transmitted. 1842 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1843 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1844 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1845 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1846 * setting for new peer links. 1847 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1848 * after transmitting its beacon. 1849 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1850 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1851 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1852 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1853 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1854 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1855 * in the mesh path table 1856 */ 1857 struct mesh_config { 1858 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1859 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1860 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1861 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1862 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1863 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1864 u8 element_ttl; 1865 bool auto_open_plinks; 1866 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1867 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1868 u32 path_refresh_time; 1869 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1870 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1871 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1872 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1873 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1874 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1875 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1876 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1877 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1878 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1879 s32 rssi_threshold; 1880 u16 ht_opmode; 1881 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1882 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1883 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1884 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1885 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1886 u32 plink_timeout; 1887 }; 1888 1889 /** 1890 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1891 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1892 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1893 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1894 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1895 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1896 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1897 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1898 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1899 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1900 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1901 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1902 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1903 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1904 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1905 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1906 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1907 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1908 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1909 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1910 * to operate on DFS channels. 1911 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1912 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1913 * 1914 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1915 */ 1916 struct mesh_setup { 1917 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1918 const u8 *mesh_id; 1919 u8 mesh_id_len; 1920 u8 sync_method; 1921 u8 path_sel_proto; 1922 u8 path_metric; 1923 u8 auth_id; 1924 const u8 *ie; 1925 u8 ie_len; 1926 bool is_authenticated; 1927 bool is_secure; 1928 bool user_mpm; 1929 u8 dtim_period; 1930 u16 beacon_interval; 1931 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1932 u32 basic_rates; 1933 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1934 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1935 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1936 }; 1937 1938 /** 1939 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1940 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1941 * 1942 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1943 */ 1944 struct ocb_setup { 1945 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1946 }; 1947 1948 /** 1949 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1950 * @ac: AC identifier 1951 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1952 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1953 * 1..32767] 1954 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1955 * 1..32767] 1956 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1957 */ 1958 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1959 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1960 u16 txop; 1961 u16 cwmin; 1962 u16 cwmax; 1963 u8 aifs; 1964 }; 1965 1966 /** 1967 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1968 * 1969 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1970 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1971 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1972 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1973 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1974 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1975 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1976 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1977 * in the wiphy structure. 1978 * 1979 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1980 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1981 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1982 * 1983 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1984 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1985 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1986 * to userspace. 1987 */ 1988 1989 /** 1990 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1991 * @ssid: the SSID 1992 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1993 */ 1994 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1995 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1996 u8 ssid_len; 1997 }; 1998 1999 /** 2000 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2001 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2002 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2003 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2004 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2005 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2006 * userspace will be notified of that 2007 */ 2008 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2009 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2010 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2011 bool aborted; 2012 }; 2013 2014 /** 2015 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2016 * 2017 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2018 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2019 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2020 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2021 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2022 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2023 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2024 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2025 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2026 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2027 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2028 * %duration field. 2029 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2030 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2031 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2032 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2033 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2034 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2035 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2036 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2037 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2038 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2039 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2040 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2041 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2042 */ 2043 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2044 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2045 int n_ssids; 2046 u32 n_channels; 2047 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2048 const u8 *ie; 2049 size_t ie_len; 2050 u16 duration; 2051 bool duration_mandatory; 2052 u32 flags; 2053 2054 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2055 2056 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2057 2058 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2059 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2060 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2061 2062 /* internal */ 2063 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2064 unsigned long scan_start; 2065 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2066 bool notified; 2067 bool no_cck; 2068 2069 /* keep last */ 2070 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2071 }; 2072 2073 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2074 { 2075 int i; 2076 2077 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2078 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2079 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2080 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2081 } 2082 } 2083 2084 /** 2085 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2086 * 2087 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2088 * or no match (RSSI only) 2089 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2090 * or no match (RSSI only) 2091 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2092 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2093 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2094 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2095 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2096 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2097 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2098 * corresponding matchset. 2099 */ 2100 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2101 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2102 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2103 s32 rssi_thold; 2104 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2105 }; 2106 2107 /** 2108 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2109 * 2110 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2111 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2112 * infinite loop. 2113 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2114 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2115 */ 2116 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2117 u32 interval; 2118 u32 iterations; 2119 }; 2120 2121 /** 2122 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2123 * 2124 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2125 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2126 */ 2127 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2128 enum nl80211_band band; 2129 s8 delta; 2130 }; 2131 2132 /** 2133 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2134 * 2135 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2136 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2137 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2138 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2139 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2140 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2141 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2142 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2143 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2144 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2145 * (others are filtered out). 2146 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2147 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2148 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2149 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2150 * @dev: the interface 2151 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2152 * @channels: channels to scan 2153 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2154 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2155 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2156 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2157 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2158 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2159 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2160 * index must be executed first. 2161 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2162 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2163 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2164 * owned by a particular socket) 2165 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2166 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2167 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2168 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2169 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2170 * supported. 2171 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2172 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2173 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2174 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2175 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2176 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2177 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2178 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2179 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2180 * comparisions. 2181 */ 2182 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2183 u64 reqid; 2184 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2185 int n_ssids; 2186 u32 n_channels; 2187 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2188 const u8 *ie; 2189 size_t ie_len; 2190 u32 flags; 2191 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2192 int n_match_sets; 2193 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2194 u32 delay; 2195 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2196 int n_scan_plans; 2197 2198 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2199 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2200 2201 bool relative_rssi_set; 2202 s8 relative_rssi; 2203 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2204 2205 /* internal */ 2206 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2207 struct net_device *dev; 2208 unsigned long scan_start; 2209 bool report_results; 2210 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2211 u32 owner_nlportid; 2212 bool nl_owner_dead; 2213 struct list_head list; 2214 2215 /* keep last */ 2216 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2217 }; 2218 2219 /** 2220 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2221 * 2222 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2223 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2224 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2225 */ 2226 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2227 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2228 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2229 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2230 }; 2231 2232 /** 2233 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2234 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2235 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2236 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2237 * signal type 2238 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2239 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2240 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2241 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2242 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2243 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2244 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2245 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2246 * by %parent_bssid. 2247 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2248 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2249 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2250 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2251 */ 2252 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2253 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2254 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2255 s32 signal; 2256 u64 boottime_ns; 2257 u64 parent_tsf; 2258 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2259 u8 chains; 2260 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2261 }; 2262 2263 /** 2264 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2265 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2266 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2267 * @len: length of the IEs 2268 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2269 * @data: IE data 2270 */ 2271 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2272 u64 tsf; 2273 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2274 int len; 2275 bool from_beacon; 2276 u8 data[]; 2277 }; 2278 2279 /** 2280 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2281 * 2282 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2283 * for use in scan results and similar. 2284 * 2285 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2286 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2287 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2288 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2289 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2290 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2291 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2292 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2293 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2294 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2295 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2296 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2297 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2298 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2299 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2300 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2301 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2302 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2303 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2304 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2305 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2306 * (multi-BSSID support) 2307 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2308 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2309 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2310 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2311 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2312 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2313 */ 2314 struct cfg80211_bss { 2315 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2316 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2317 2318 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2319 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2320 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2321 2322 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2323 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2324 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2325 2326 s32 signal; 2327 2328 u16 beacon_interval; 2329 u16 capability; 2330 2331 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2332 u8 chains; 2333 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2334 2335 u8 bssid_index; 2336 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2337 2338 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2339 }; 2340 2341 /** 2342 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2343 * @bss: the bss to search 2344 * @id: the element ID 2345 * 2346 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2347 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2348 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2349 */ 2350 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2351 2352 /** 2353 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2354 * @bss: the bss to search 2355 * @id: the element ID 2356 * 2357 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2358 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2359 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2360 */ 2361 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2362 { 2363 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2364 } 2365 2366 2367 /** 2368 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2369 * 2370 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2371 * authentication. 2372 * 2373 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2374 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2375 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2376 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2377 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2378 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2379 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2380 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2381 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2382 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2383 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2384 * transaction sequence number field. 2385 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2386 */ 2387 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2388 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2389 const u8 *ie; 2390 size_t ie_len; 2391 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2392 const u8 *key; 2393 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2394 const u8 *auth_data; 2395 size_t auth_data_len; 2396 }; 2397 2398 /** 2399 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2400 * 2401 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2402 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2403 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2404 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2405 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2406 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2407 * request (connect callback). 2408 */ 2409 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2410 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2411 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2412 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2413 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2414 }; 2415 2416 /** 2417 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2418 * 2419 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2420 * (re)association. 2421 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2422 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2423 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2424 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2425 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2426 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2427 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2428 * @crypto: crypto settings 2429 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2430 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2431 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2432 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2433 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2434 * frame. 2435 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2436 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2437 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2438 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2439 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2440 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2441 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2442 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2443 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2444 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2445 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2446 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2447 */ 2448 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2449 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2450 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2451 size_t ie_len; 2452 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2453 bool use_mfp; 2454 u32 flags; 2455 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2456 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2457 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2458 const u8 *fils_kek; 2459 size_t fils_kek_len; 2460 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2461 }; 2462 2463 /** 2464 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2465 * 2466 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2467 * deauthentication. 2468 * 2469 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2470 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2471 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2472 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2473 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2474 * do not set a deauth frame 2475 */ 2476 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2477 const u8 *bssid; 2478 const u8 *ie; 2479 size_t ie_len; 2480 u16 reason_code; 2481 bool local_state_change; 2482 }; 2483 2484 /** 2485 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2486 * 2487 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2488 * disassociation. 2489 * 2490 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2491 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2492 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2493 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2494 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2495 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2496 */ 2497 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2498 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2499 const u8 *ie; 2500 size_t ie_len; 2501 u16 reason_code; 2502 bool local_state_change; 2503 }; 2504 2505 /** 2506 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2507 * 2508 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2509 * method. 2510 * 2511 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2512 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2513 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2514 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2515 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2516 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2517 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2518 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2519 * @ie_len: length of that 2520 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2521 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2522 * after joining 2523 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2524 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2525 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2526 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2527 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2528 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2529 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2530 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2531 * to operate on DFS channels. 2532 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2533 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2534 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2535 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2536 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2537 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2538 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2539 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2540 */ 2541 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2542 const u8 *ssid; 2543 const u8 *bssid; 2544 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2545 const u8 *ie; 2546 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2547 u16 beacon_interval; 2548 u32 basic_rates; 2549 bool channel_fixed; 2550 bool privacy; 2551 bool control_port; 2552 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2553 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2554 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2555 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2556 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2557 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2558 int wep_tx_key; 2559 }; 2560 2561 /** 2562 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2563 * 2564 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2565 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2566 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2567 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2568 */ 2569 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2570 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2571 union { 2572 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2573 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2574 } param; 2575 }; 2576 2577 /** 2578 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2579 * 2580 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2581 * authentication and association. 2582 * 2583 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2584 * on scan results) 2585 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2586 * %NULL if not specified 2587 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2588 * results) 2589 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2590 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2591 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2592 * to use. 2593 * @ssid: SSID 2594 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2595 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2596 * @ie: IEs for association request 2597 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2598 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2599 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2600 * @crypto: crypto settings 2601 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2602 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2603 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2604 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2605 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2606 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2607 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2608 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2609 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2610 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2611 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2612 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2613 * networks. 2614 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2615 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2616 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2617 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2618 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2619 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2620 * frame. 2621 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2622 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2623 * data IE. 2624 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2625 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2626 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2627 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2628 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2629 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2630 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2631 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2632 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2633 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2634 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2635 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2636 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2637 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2638 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2639 */ 2640 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2641 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2642 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2643 const u8 *bssid; 2644 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2645 const u8 *ssid; 2646 size_t ssid_len; 2647 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2648 const u8 *ie; 2649 size_t ie_len; 2650 bool privacy; 2651 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2652 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2653 const u8 *key; 2654 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2655 u32 flags; 2656 int bg_scan_period; 2657 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2658 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2659 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2660 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2661 bool pbss; 2662 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2663 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2664 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2665 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2666 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2667 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2668 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2669 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2670 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2671 bool want_1x; 2672 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 2673 }; 2674 2675 /** 2676 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2677 * 2678 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2679 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2680 * 2681 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2682 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2683 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2684 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2685 */ 2686 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2687 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2688 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2689 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2690 }; 2691 2692 /** 2693 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2694 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2695 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2696 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2697 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2698 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2699 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2700 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2701 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2702 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2703 */ 2704 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2705 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2706 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2707 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2708 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2709 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2710 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2711 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2712 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2713 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2714 }; 2715 2716 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2717 2718 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 2719 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 2720 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 2721 2722 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 2723 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 2724 2725 /** 2726 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2727 * 2728 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2729 * caching. 2730 * 2731 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2732 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2733 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2734 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2735 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2736 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2737 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2738 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2739 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2740 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2741 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2742 * %NULL). 2743 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 2744 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 2745 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 2746 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 2747 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 2748 * used for it expires. 2749 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 2750 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 2751 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 2752 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 2753 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 2754 */ 2755 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2756 const u8 *bssid; 2757 const u8 *pmkid; 2758 const u8 *pmk; 2759 size_t pmk_len; 2760 const u8 *ssid; 2761 size_t ssid_len; 2762 const u8 *cache_id; 2763 u32 pmk_lifetime; 2764 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 2765 }; 2766 2767 /** 2768 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2769 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2770 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2771 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2772 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2773 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2774 * 2775 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2776 * memory, free @mask only! 2777 */ 2778 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2779 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2780 int pattern_len; 2781 int pkt_offset; 2782 }; 2783 2784 /** 2785 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2786 * 2787 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2788 * @src: source IP address 2789 * @dst: destination IP address 2790 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2791 * @src_port: source port 2792 * @dst_port: destination port 2793 * @payload_len: data payload length 2794 * @payload: data payload buffer 2795 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2796 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2797 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2798 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2799 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2800 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2801 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2802 */ 2803 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2804 struct socket *sock; 2805 __be32 src, dst; 2806 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2807 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2808 int payload_len; 2809 const u8 *payload; 2810 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2811 u32 data_interval; 2812 u32 wake_len; 2813 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2814 u32 tokens_size; 2815 /* must be last, variable member */ 2816 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2817 }; 2818 2819 /** 2820 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2821 * 2822 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2823 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2824 * operating as normal during suspend 2825 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2826 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2827 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2828 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2829 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2830 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2831 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2832 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2833 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2834 * NULL if not configured. 2835 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2836 */ 2837 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2838 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2839 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2840 rfkill_release; 2841 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2842 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2843 int n_patterns; 2844 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2845 }; 2846 2847 /** 2848 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2849 * 2850 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2851 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2852 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2853 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2854 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2855 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2856 */ 2857 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2858 int delay; 2859 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2860 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2861 int n_patterns; 2862 }; 2863 2864 /** 2865 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2866 * 2867 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2868 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2869 * @n_rules: number of rules 2870 */ 2871 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2872 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2873 int n_rules; 2874 }; 2875 2876 /** 2877 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2878 * 2879 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2880 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2881 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2882 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2883 * occurred (in MHz) 2884 */ 2885 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2886 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2887 int n_channels; 2888 u32 channels[]; 2889 }; 2890 2891 /** 2892 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2893 * 2894 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2895 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2896 * match information. 2897 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2898 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2899 */ 2900 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2901 int n_matches; 2902 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2903 }; 2904 2905 /** 2906 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2907 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2908 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2909 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2910 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2911 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2912 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2913 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2914 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2915 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2916 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2917 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2918 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2919 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2920 * it is. 2921 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2922 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2923 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2924 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2925 */ 2926 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2927 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2928 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2929 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2930 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2931 s32 pattern_idx; 2932 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2933 const void *packet; 2934 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2935 }; 2936 2937 /** 2938 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2939 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 2940 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 2941 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2942 * @kek_len: length of kek 2943 * @kck_len length of kck 2944 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 2945 */ 2946 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2947 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2948 u32 akm; 2949 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 2950 }; 2951 2952 /** 2953 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2954 * 2955 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2956 * 2957 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2958 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2959 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2960 */ 2961 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2962 u16 md; 2963 const u8 *ie; 2964 size_t ie_len; 2965 }; 2966 2967 /** 2968 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2969 * 2970 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2971 * 2972 * @chan: channel to use 2973 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2974 * @wait: duration for ROC 2975 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2976 * @len: buffer length 2977 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2978 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2979 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2980 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2981 */ 2982 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2983 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2984 bool offchan; 2985 unsigned int wait; 2986 const u8 *buf; 2987 size_t len; 2988 bool no_cck; 2989 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2990 int n_csa_offsets; 2991 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2992 }; 2993 2994 /** 2995 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2996 * 2997 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2998 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2999 */ 3000 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3001 u8 dscp; 3002 u8 up; 3003 }; 3004 3005 /** 3006 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3007 * 3008 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3009 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3010 */ 3011 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3012 u8 low; 3013 u8 high; 3014 }; 3015 3016 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3017 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3018 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3019 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3020 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3021 3022 /** 3023 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3024 * 3025 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3026 * 3027 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3028 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3029 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3030 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3031 */ 3032 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3033 u8 num_des; 3034 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3035 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3036 }; 3037 3038 /** 3039 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3040 * 3041 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3042 * 3043 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3044 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3045 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3046 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3047 */ 3048 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3049 u8 master_pref; 3050 u8 bands; 3051 }; 3052 3053 /** 3054 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3055 * configuration 3056 * 3057 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3058 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3059 */ 3060 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3061 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3062 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3063 }; 3064 3065 /** 3066 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3067 * 3068 * @filter: the content of the filter 3069 * @len: the length of the filter 3070 */ 3071 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3072 const u8 *filter; 3073 u8 len; 3074 }; 3075 3076 /** 3077 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3078 * 3079 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3080 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3081 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3082 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3083 * implementation specific. 3084 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3085 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3086 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3087 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3088 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3089 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3090 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3091 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3092 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3093 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3094 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3095 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3096 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3097 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3098 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3099 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3100 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3101 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3102 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3103 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3104 */ 3105 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3106 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3107 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3108 u8 publish_type; 3109 bool close_range; 3110 bool publish_bcast; 3111 bool subscribe_active; 3112 u8 followup_id; 3113 u8 followup_reqid; 3114 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3115 u32 ttl; 3116 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3117 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3118 bool srf_include; 3119 const u8 *srf_bf; 3120 u8 srf_bf_len; 3121 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3122 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3123 int srf_num_macs; 3124 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3125 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3126 u8 num_tx_filters; 3127 u8 num_rx_filters; 3128 u8 instance_id; 3129 u64 cookie; 3130 }; 3131 3132 /** 3133 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3134 * 3135 * @aa: authenticator address 3136 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3137 * @pmk: the PMK material 3138 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3139 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3140 * holds PMK-R0. 3141 */ 3142 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3143 const u8 *aa; 3144 u8 pmk_len; 3145 const u8 *pmk; 3146 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3147 }; 3148 3149 /** 3150 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3151 * 3152 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3153 * 3154 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3155 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3156 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3157 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3158 * authentication response command interface. 3159 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3160 * authentication response command interface. 3161 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3162 * authentication request event interface. 3163 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3164 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3165 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3166 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3167 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3168 */ 3169 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3170 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3171 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3172 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3173 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3174 u16 status; 3175 const u8 *pmkid; 3176 }; 3177 3178 /** 3179 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3180 * 3181 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3182 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3183 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3184 * answered 3185 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3186 * successfully answered 3187 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3188 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3189 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3190 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3191 * of how much time the responder was busy 3192 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3193 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3194 * the responder 3195 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3196 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3197 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3198 */ 3199 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3200 u32 filled; 3201 u32 success_num; 3202 u32 partial_num; 3203 u32 failed_num; 3204 u32 asap_num; 3205 u32 non_asap_num; 3206 u64 total_duration_ms; 3207 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3208 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3209 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3210 }; 3211 3212 /** 3213 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3214 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3215 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3216 * reason than just "failure" 3217 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3218 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3219 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3220 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3221 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3222 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3223 * by the responder 3224 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3225 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3226 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3227 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3228 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3229 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3230 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3231 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3232 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3233 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3234 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3235 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3236 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3237 * the square root of the variance) 3238 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3239 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3240 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3241 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3242 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3243 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3244 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3245 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3246 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3247 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3248 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3249 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3250 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3251 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3252 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3253 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3254 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3255 */ 3256 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3257 const u8 *lci; 3258 const u8 *civicloc; 3259 unsigned int lci_len; 3260 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3261 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3262 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3263 s16 burst_index; 3264 u8 busy_retry_time; 3265 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3266 u8 burst_duration; 3267 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3268 s32 rssi_avg; 3269 s32 rssi_spread; 3270 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3271 s64 rtt_avg; 3272 s64 rtt_variance; 3273 s64 rtt_spread; 3274 s64 dist_avg; 3275 s64 dist_variance; 3276 s64 dist_spread; 3277 3278 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3279 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3280 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3281 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3282 tx_rate_valid:1, 3283 rx_rate_valid:1, 3284 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3285 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3286 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3287 dist_avg_valid:1, 3288 dist_variance_valid:1, 3289 dist_spread_valid:1; 3290 }; 3291 3292 /** 3293 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3294 * @addr: address of the peer 3295 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3296 * measurement was made) 3297 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3298 * @status: status of the measurement 3299 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3300 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3301 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3302 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3303 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3304 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3305 */ 3306 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3307 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3308 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3309 3310 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3311 3312 u8 final:1, 3313 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3314 3315 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3316 3317 union { 3318 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3319 }; 3320 }; 3321 3322 /** 3323 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3324 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3325 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3326 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3327 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3328 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3329 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3330 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3331 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3332 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3333 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3334 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3335 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3336 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3337 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3338 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3339 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3340 * 3341 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3342 */ 3343 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3344 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3345 u16 burst_period; 3346 u8 requested:1, 3347 asap:1, 3348 request_lci:1, 3349 request_civicloc:1, 3350 trigger_based:1, 3351 non_trigger_based:1; 3352 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3353 u8 burst_duration; 3354 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3355 u8 ftmr_retries; 3356 }; 3357 3358 /** 3359 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3360 * @addr: MAC address 3361 * @chandef: channel to use 3362 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3363 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3364 */ 3365 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3366 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3367 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3368 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3369 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3370 }; 3371 3372 /** 3373 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3374 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3375 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3376 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3377 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3378 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3379 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3380 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3381 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3382 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3383 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3384 * zero it means there's no timeout 3385 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3386 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3387 */ 3388 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3389 u64 cookie; 3390 void *drv_data; 3391 u32 n_peers; 3392 u32 nl_portid; 3393 3394 u32 timeout; 3395 3396 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3397 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3398 3399 struct list_head list; 3400 3401 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3402 }; 3403 3404 /** 3405 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3406 * 3407 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3408 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3409 * 3410 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3411 * 3412 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3413 * has to be done. 3414 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3415 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3416 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3417 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3418 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3419 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3420 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3421 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3422 */ 3423 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3424 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3425 u16 status; 3426 const u8 *ie; 3427 size_t ie_len; 3428 }; 3429 3430 /** 3431 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 3432 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3433 * for the entire device 3434 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3435 * for the given interface 3436 * @global_mcast_rx: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 3437 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 3438 * for these subtypes 3439 */ 3440 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 3441 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 3442 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 3443 }; 3444 3445 /** 3446 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3447 * 3448 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3449 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3450 * 3451 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3452 * on success or a negative error code. 3453 * 3454 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3455 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3456 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3457 * 3458 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3459 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3460 * configured for the device. 3461 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3462 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3463 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3464 * the device. 3465 * 3466 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3467 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3468 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3469 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3470 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3471 * 3472 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3473 * 3474 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3475 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3476 * 3477 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3478 * when adding a group key. 3479 * 3480 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3481 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3482 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3483 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3484 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3485 * 3486 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3487 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3488 * 3489 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3490 * 3491 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3492 * 3493 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface 3494 * 3495 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3496 * 3497 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3498 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3499 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3500 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3501 * 3502 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3503 * @del_station: Remove a station 3504 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3505 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3506 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3507 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3508 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3509 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3510 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3511 * 3512 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3513 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3514 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3515 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3516 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3517 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3518 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3519 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3520 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3521 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3522 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3523 * 3524 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3525 * 3526 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3527 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3528 * set, and which to leave alone. 3529 * 3530 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3531 * 3532 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3533 * 3534 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3535 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3536 * join the mesh instead. 3537 * 3538 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3539 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3540 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3541 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3542 * 3543 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3544 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3545 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3546 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3547 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3548 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3549 * 3550 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3551 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3552 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3553 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3554 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3555 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3556 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3557 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3558 * 3559 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3560 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3561 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3562 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3563 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3564 * was received. 3565 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3566 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3567 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3568 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3569 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3570 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3571 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3572 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3573 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3574 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3575 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3576 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3577 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3578 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3579 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3580 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3581 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3582 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3583 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3584 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3585 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3586 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3587 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3588 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3589 * 3590 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3591 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3592 * to a merge. 3593 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3594 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3595 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3596 * 3597 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3598 * MESH mode) 3599 * 3600 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3601 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3602 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3603 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3604 * 3605 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3606 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3607 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3608 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3609 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3610 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3611 * return 0 if successful 3612 * 3613 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3614 * 3615 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3616 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3617 * 3618 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3619 * 3620 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3621 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3622 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3623 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3624 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3625 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3626 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3627 * the duration value. 3628 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3629 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3630 * frame on another channel 3631 * 3632 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3633 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3634 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3635 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3636 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3637 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3638 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3639 * 3640 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3641 * 3642 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3643 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3644 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3645 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3646 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3647 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3648 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3649 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3650 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3651 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3652 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3653 * disabled.) 3654 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3655 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3656 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3657 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3658 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3659 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3660 * thresholds. 3661 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3662 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3663 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3664 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3665 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3666 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3667 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3668 * 3669 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 3670 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3671 * 3672 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3673 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3674 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3675 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3676 * 3677 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3678 * 3679 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3680 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3681 * 3682 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3683 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3684 * 3685 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3686 * 3687 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3688 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3689 * current monitoring channel. 3690 * 3691 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3692 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3693 * 3694 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3695 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3696 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3697 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3698 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3699 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3700 * 3701 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3702 * 3703 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 3704 * was finished on another phy. 3705 * 3706 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3707 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3708 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3709 * 3710 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3711 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3712 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3713 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3714 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3715 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3716 * 3717 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3718 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3719 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3720 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3721 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3722 * as soon as possible. 3723 * 3724 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3725 * 3726 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3727 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3728 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3729 * 3730 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3731 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3732 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3733 * account. 3734 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3735 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3736 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3737 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3738 * rejected) 3739 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3740 * 3741 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3742 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3743 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3744 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3745 * 3746 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3747 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3748 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3749 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3750 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3751 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3752 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3753 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3754 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3755 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3756 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3757 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3758 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3759 * provided @nan_func. 3760 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3761 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3762 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3763 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3764 * 3765 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3766 * 3767 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3768 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3769 * 3770 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3771 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3772 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3773 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3774 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3775 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3776 * 3777 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3778 * user space 3779 * 3780 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3781 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3782 * 3783 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3784 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3785 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3786 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3787 * 3788 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3789 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3790 * DH IE through this interface. 3791 * 3792 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3793 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3794 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 3795 * This callback may sleep. 3796 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 3797 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 3798 */ 3799 struct cfg80211_ops { 3800 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3801 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3802 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3803 3804 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3805 const char *name, 3806 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3807 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3808 struct vif_params *params); 3809 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3810 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3811 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3812 struct net_device *dev, 3813 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3814 struct vif_params *params); 3815 3816 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3817 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3818 struct key_params *params); 3819 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3820 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3821 void *cookie, 3822 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3823 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3824 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3825 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3826 struct net_device *netdev, 3827 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3828 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3829 struct net_device *netdev, 3830 u8 key_index); 3831 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3832 struct net_device *netdev, 3833 u8 key_index); 3834 3835 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3836 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3837 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3838 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3839 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3840 3841 3842 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3843 const u8 *mac, 3844 struct station_parameters *params); 3845 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3846 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3847 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3848 const u8 *mac, 3849 struct station_parameters *params); 3850 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3851 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3852 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3853 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3854 3855 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3856 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3857 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3858 const u8 *dst); 3859 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3860 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3861 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3862 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3863 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3864 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3865 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3866 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3867 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3868 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3869 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3870 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3871 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3872 struct net_device *dev, 3873 struct mesh_config *conf); 3874 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3875 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3876 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3877 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3878 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3879 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3880 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3881 3882 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3883 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3884 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3885 3886 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3887 struct bss_parameters *params); 3888 3889 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3890 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3891 3892 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3893 struct net_device *dev, 3894 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3895 3896 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3897 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3898 3899 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3900 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3901 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3902 3903 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3904 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3905 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3906 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3907 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3908 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3909 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3910 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3911 3912 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3913 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3914 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3915 struct net_device *dev, 3916 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3917 u32 changed); 3918 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3919 u16 reason_code); 3920 3921 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3922 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3923 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3924 3925 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3926 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3927 3928 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3929 3930 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3931 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3932 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3933 int *dbm); 3934 3935 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3936 const u8 *addr); 3937 3938 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3939 3940 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3941 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3942 void *data, int len); 3943 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3944 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3945 void *data, int len); 3946 #endif 3947 3948 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3949 struct net_device *dev, 3950 const u8 *peer, 3951 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3952 3953 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3954 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3955 3956 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3957 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3958 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3959 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3960 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3961 3962 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3963 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3964 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3965 unsigned int duration, 3966 u64 *cookie); 3967 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3968 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3969 u64 cookie); 3970 3971 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3972 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3973 u64 *cookie); 3974 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3975 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3976 u64 cookie); 3977 3978 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3979 bool enabled, int timeout); 3980 3981 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3982 struct net_device *dev, 3983 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3984 3985 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3986 struct net_device *dev, 3987 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3988 3989 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3990 struct net_device *dev, 3991 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3992 3993 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3994 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3995 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 3996 3997 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3998 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3999 4000 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4001 struct net_device *dev, 4002 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4003 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4004 u64 reqid); 4005 4006 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4007 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4008 4009 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4010 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 4011 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 4012 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4013 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4014 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4015 4016 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4017 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4018 4019 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4020 struct net_device *dev, 4021 u16 noack_map); 4022 4023 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4024 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4025 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4026 4027 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4028 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4029 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4030 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4031 4032 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4033 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4034 4035 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4036 struct net_device *dev, 4037 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4038 u32 cac_time_ms); 4039 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4040 struct net_device *dev); 4041 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4042 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4043 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4044 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4045 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4046 u16 duration); 4047 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4048 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4049 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4050 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4051 4052 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4053 struct net_device *dev, 4054 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4055 4056 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4057 struct net_device *dev, 4058 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4059 4060 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4061 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4062 4063 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4064 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4065 u16 admitted_time); 4066 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4067 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4068 4069 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4070 struct net_device *dev, 4071 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4072 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4073 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4074 struct net_device *dev, 4075 const u8 *addr); 4076 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4077 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4078 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4079 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4080 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4081 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4082 u64 cookie); 4083 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4084 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4085 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4086 u32 changes); 4087 4088 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4089 struct net_device *dev, 4090 const bool enabled); 4091 4092 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4093 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4094 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4095 4096 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4097 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4098 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4099 const u8 *aa); 4100 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4101 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4102 4103 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4104 struct net_device *dev, 4105 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4106 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4107 const bool noencrypt, 4108 u64 *cookie); 4109 4110 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4111 struct net_device *dev, 4112 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4113 4114 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4115 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4116 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4117 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4118 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4119 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4120 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4121 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4122 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4123 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4124 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4125 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4126 }; 4127 4128 /* 4129 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4130 * and registration/helper functions 4131 */ 4132 4133 /** 4134 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4135 * 4136 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4137 * wiphy at all 4138 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4139 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4140 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4141 * reason to override the default 4142 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4143 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4144 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4145 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4146 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4147 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4148 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4149 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4150 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4151 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4152 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4153 * firmware. 4154 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4155 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4156 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4157 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4158 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4159 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4160 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4161 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4162 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4163 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4164 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4165 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4166 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4167 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4168 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4169 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4170 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4171 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4172 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 4173 * before connection. 4174 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4175 */ 4176 enum wiphy_flags { 4177 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4178 /* use hole at 1 */ 4179 /* use hole at 2 */ 4180 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4181 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4182 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4183 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4184 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4185 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4186 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4187 /* use hole at 11 */ 4188 /* use hole at 12 */ 4189 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4190 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4191 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4192 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4193 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4194 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4195 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4196 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4197 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4198 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4199 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4200 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4201 }; 4202 4203 /** 4204 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4205 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4206 * @types: interface types (bits) 4207 */ 4208 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4209 u16 max; 4210 u16 types; 4211 }; 4212 4213 /** 4214 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4215 * 4216 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4217 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4218 * 4219 * Examples: 4220 * 4221 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4222 * 4223 * .. code-block:: c 4224 * 4225 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4226 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4227 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4228 * }; 4229 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4230 * .limits = limits1, 4231 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4232 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4233 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4234 * }; 4235 * 4236 * 4237 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4238 * 4239 * .. code-block:: c 4240 * 4241 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4242 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4243 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4244 * }; 4245 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4246 * .limits = limits2, 4247 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4248 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4249 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4250 * }; 4251 * 4252 * 4253 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4254 * 4255 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4256 * 4257 * .. code-block:: c 4258 * 4259 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4260 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4261 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4262 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4263 * }; 4264 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4265 * .limits = limits3, 4266 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4267 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4268 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4269 * }; 4270 * 4271 */ 4272 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4273 /** 4274 * @limits: 4275 * limits for the given interface types 4276 */ 4277 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4278 4279 /** 4280 * @num_different_channels: 4281 * can use up to this many different channels 4282 */ 4283 u32 num_different_channels; 4284 4285 /** 4286 * @max_interfaces: 4287 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4288 */ 4289 u16 max_interfaces; 4290 4291 /** 4292 * @n_limits: 4293 * number of limitations 4294 */ 4295 u8 n_limits; 4296 4297 /** 4298 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4299 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4300 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4301 */ 4302 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4303 4304 /** 4305 * @radar_detect_widths: 4306 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4307 */ 4308 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4309 4310 /** 4311 * @radar_detect_regions: 4312 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4313 */ 4314 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4315 4316 /** 4317 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4318 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4319 * 4320 * = 0 4321 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4322 * > 0 4323 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4324 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4325 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4326 */ 4327 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4328 }; 4329 4330 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4331 u16 tx, rx; 4332 }; 4333 4334 /** 4335 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4336 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4337 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4338 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4339 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4340 * packet should be preserved in that case 4341 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4342 * (see nl80211.h) 4343 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4344 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4345 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4346 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4347 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4348 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4349 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4350 */ 4351 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4352 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4353 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4354 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4355 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4356 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4357 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4358 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4359 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4360 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4361 }; 4362 4363 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4364 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4365 u32 data_payload_max; 4366 u32 data_interval_max; 4367 u32 wake_payload_max; 4368 bool seq; 4369 }; 4370 4371 /** 4372 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4373 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4374 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4375 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4376 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4377 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4378 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4379 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4380 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4381 * scheduled scans. 4382 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4383 * details. 4384 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4385 */ 4386 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4387 u32 flags; 4388 int n_patterns; 4389 int pattern_max_len; 4390 int pattern_min_len; 4391 int max_pkt_offset; 4392 int max_nd_match_sets; 4393 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4394 }; 4395 4396 /** 4397 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4398 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4399 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4400 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4401 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4402 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4403 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4404 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4405 */ 4406 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4407 int n_rules; 4408 int max_delay; 4409 int n_patterns; 4410 int pattern_max_len; 4411 int pattern_min_len; 4412 int max_pkt_offset; 4413 }; 4414 4415 /** 4416 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4417 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4418 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4419 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4420 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4421 */ 4422 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4423 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4424 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4425 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4426 }; 4427 4428 /** 4429 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4430 * 4431 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4432 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4433 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4434 * 4435 */ 4436 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4437 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4438 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4439 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4440 }; 4441 4442 /** 4443 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4444 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4445 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4446 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4447 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4448 */ 4449 4450 struct sta_opmode_info { 4451 u32 changed; 4452 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4453 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4454 u8 rx_nss; 4455 }; 4456 4457 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4458 4459 /** 4460 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4461 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4462 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4463 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4464 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4465 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4466 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4467 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4468 * dumpit calls. 4469 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4470 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4471 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4472 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4473 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4474 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4475 * are used with dump requests. 4476 */ 4477 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4478 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4479 u32 flags; 4480 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4481 const void *data, int data_len); 4482 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4483 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4484 unsigned long *storage); 4485 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4486 unsigned int maxattr; 4487 }; 4488 4489 /** 4490 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4491 * @iftype: interface type 4492 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4493 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4494 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4495 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4496 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4497 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4498 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4499 */ 4500 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4501 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4502 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4503 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4504 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4505 }; 4506 4507 /** 4508 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4509 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4510 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4511 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4512 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4513 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4514 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4515 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4516 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4517 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4518 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4519 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4520 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4521 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4522 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4523 * not limited) 4524 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4525 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4526 */ 4527 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4528 unsigned int max_peers; 4529 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4530 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4531 4532 struct { 4533 u32 preambles; 4534 u32 bandwidths; 4535 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4536 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4537 u8 supported:1, 4538 asap:1, 4539 non_asap:1, 4540 request_lci:1, 4541 request_civicloc:1, 4542 trigger_based:1, 4543 non_trigger_based:1; 4544 } ftm; 4545 }; 4546 4547 /** 4548 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 4549 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 4550 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 4551 * 4552 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 4553 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 4554 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4555 */ 4556 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 4557 u16 iftypes_mask; 4558 const u32 *akm_suites; 4559 int n_akm_suites; 4560 }; 4561 4562 /** 4563 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4564 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4565 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4566 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4567 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4568 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4569 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4570 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4571 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4572 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4573 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4574 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 4575 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 4576 * iftype_akm_suites. 4577 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4578 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 4579 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 4580 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 4581 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 4582 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 4583 * suites are specified separately. 4584 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4585 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4586 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4587 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4588 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4589 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4590 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4591 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4592 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4593 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4594 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4595 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4596 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4597 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4598 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4599 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4600 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4601 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4602 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4603 * unregister hardware 4604 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 4605 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 4606 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 4607 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 4608 * (see below). 4609 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4610 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4611 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4612 * must be set by driver 4613 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4614 * list single interface types. 4615 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4616 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4617 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4618 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4619 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4620 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4621 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4622 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4623 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4624 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4625 * this variable determines its size 4626 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4627 * any given scan 4628 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4629 * the device can run concurrently. 4630 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4631 * for in any given scheduled scan 4632 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4633 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4634 * supported. 4635 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4636 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4637 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4638 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4639 * scans 4640 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4641 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4642 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4643 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4644 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4645 * scan plan supported by the device. 4646 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4647 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4648 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4649 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4650 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4651 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4652 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4653 * 4654 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4655 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4656 * type 4657 * 4658 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4659 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4660 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4661 * 4662 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4663 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4664 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4665 * 4666 * @probe_resp_offload: 4667 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4668 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4669 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4670 * 4671 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4672 * may request, if implemented. 4673 * 4674 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4675 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4676 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4677 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4678 * 4679 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4680 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4681 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4682 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4683 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4684 * 4685 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4686 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4687 * 4688 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4689 * supports for ACL. 4690 * 4691 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4692 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4693 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4694 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4695 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4696 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4697 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4698 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4699 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4700 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4701 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4702 * capabilities are specified separately. 4703 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4704 * 4705 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4706 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4707 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4708 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4709 * 4710 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4711 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4712 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4713 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4714 * 4715 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4716 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4717 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4718 * infinite. 4719 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4720 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4721 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4722 * 4723 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4724 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4725 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4726 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4727 * 4728 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4729 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4730 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4731 * 4732 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 4733 * wake_tx_queue 4734 * 4735 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4736 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4737 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4738 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4739 * 4740 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4741 * 4742 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 4743 * device has 4744 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 4745 * supported by the driver for each vif 4746 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 4747 * supported by the driver for each peer 4748 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 4749 * long/short retry configuration 4750 * 4751 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 4752 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 4753 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 4754 */ 4755 struct wiphy { 4756 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4757 4758 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4759 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4760 4761 struct mac_address *addresses; 4762 4763 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4764 4765 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4766 int n_iface_combinations; 4767 u16 software_iftypes; 4768 4769 u16 n_addresses; 4770 4771 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4772 u16 interface_modes; 4773 4774 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4775 4776 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4777 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4778 4779 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4780 4781 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4782 4783 int bss_priv_size; 4784 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4785 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4786 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4787 u8 max_match_sets; 4788 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4789 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4790 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4791 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4792 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4793 4794 int n_cipher_suites; 4795 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4796 4797 int n_akm_suites; 4798 const u32 *akm_suites; 4799 4800 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 4801 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 4802 4803 u8 retry_short; 4804 u8 retry_long; 4805 u32 frag_threshold; 4806 u32 rts_threshold; 4807 u8 coverage_class; 4808 4809 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4810 u32 hw_version; 4811 4812 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4813 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4814 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4815 #endif 4816 4817 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4818 4819 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4820 4821 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4822 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4823 4824 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4825 4826 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4827 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4828 4829 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4830 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4831 4832 const void *privid; 4833 4834 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4835 4836 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4837 struct regulatory_request *request); 4838 4839 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4840 4841 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4842 4843 struct device dev; 4844 4845 bool registered; 4846 4847 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4848 4849 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4850 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4851 4852 struct list_head wdev_list; 4853 4854 possible_net_t _net; 4855 4856 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4857 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4858 #endif 4859 4860 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4861 4862 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4863 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4864 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4865 4866 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4867 4868 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4869 4870 u32 bss_select_support; 4871 4872 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4873 4874 u32 txq_limit; 4875 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4876 u32 txq_quantum; 4877 4878 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 4879 4880 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4881 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4882 4883 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4884 4885 struct { 4886 u64 peer, vif; 4887 u8 max_retry; 4888 } tid_config_support; 4889 4890 u8 max_data_retry_count; 4891 4892 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4893 }; 4894 4895 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4896 { 4897 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4898 } 4899 4900 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4901 { 4902 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4903 } 4904 4905 /** 4906 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4907 * 4908 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4909 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4910 */ 4911 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4912 { 4913 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4914 return &wiphy->priv; 4915 } 4916 4917 /** 4918 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4919 * 4920 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4921 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4922 */ 4923 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4924 { 4925 BUG_ON(!priv); 4926 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4927 } 4928 4929 /** 4930 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4931 * 4932 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4933 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4934 */ 4935 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4936 { 4937 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4938 } 4939 4940 /** 4941 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4942 * 4943 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4944 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4945 */ 4946 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4947 { 4948 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4949 } 4950 4951 /** 4952 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4953 * 4954 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4955 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4956 */ 4957 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4958 { 4959 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4960 } 4961 4962 /** 4963 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4964 * 4965 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4966 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4967 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4968 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4969 * 4970 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4971 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4972 * 4973 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4974 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4975 */ 4976 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4977 const char *requested_name); 4978 4979 /** 4980 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4981 * 4982 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4983 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4984 * 4985 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4986 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4987 * 4988 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4989 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4990 */ 4991 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4992 int sizeof_priv) 4993 { 4994 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4995 } 4996 4997 /** 4998 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4999 * 5000 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5001 * 5002 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5003 */ 5004 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5005 5006 /** 5007 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5008 * 5009 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5010 * 5011 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5012 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5013 * request that is being handled. 5014 */ 5015 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5016 5017 /** 5018 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5019 * 5020 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5021 */ 5022 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5023 5024 /* internal structs */ 5025 struct cfg80211_conn; 5026 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5027 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5028 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5029 5030 /** 5031 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5032 * 5033 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5034 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5035 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5036 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5037 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 5038 * 5039 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5040 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5041 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5042 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5043 * 5044 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5045 * @iftype: interface type 5046 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5047 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5048 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5049 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5050 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5051 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 5052 * the user-set channel definition. 5053 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 5054 * track the channel to be used for AP later 5055 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5056 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5057 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5058 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5059 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5060 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5061 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5062 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5063 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5064 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5065 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5066 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5067 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5068 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5069 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5070 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5071 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5072 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5073 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5074 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5075 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5076 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5077 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 5078 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5079 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5080 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5081 * and some API functions require it held 5082 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5083 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5084 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5085 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5086 * the P2P Device. 5087 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5088 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5089 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5090 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5091 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5092 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5093 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5094 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5095 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5096 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5097 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5098 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5099 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5100 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 5101 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 5102 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5103 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5104 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5105 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5106 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5107 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5108 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5109 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5110 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 5111 * unprotected beacon report 5112 */ 5113 struct wireless_dev { 5114 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5115 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5116 5117 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5118 struct list_head list; 5119 struct net_device *netdev; 5120 5121 u32 identifier; 5122 5123 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5124 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 5125 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 5126 5127 struct mutex mtx; 5128 5129 bool use_4addr, is_running; 5130 5131 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5132 5133 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5134 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5135 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 5136 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5137 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5138 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5139 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5140 5141 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5142 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5143 5144 struct list_head event_list; 5145 spinlock_t event_lock; 5146 5147 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 5148 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5149 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5150 5151 bool ibss_fixed; 5152 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 5153 5154 bool ps; 5155 int ps_timeout; 5156 5157 int beacon_interval; 5158 5159 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5160 5161 u32 owner_nlportid; 5162 bool nl_owner_dead; 5163 5164 bool cac_started; 5165 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5166 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5167 5168 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5169 /* wext data */ 5170 struct { 5171 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5172 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5173 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5174 const u8 *ie; 5175 size_t ie_len; 5176 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5177 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5178 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5179 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5180 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5181 } wext; 5182 #endif 5183 5184 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5185 5186 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5187 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5188 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5189 5190 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 5191 }; 5192 5193 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5194 { 5195 if (wdev->netdev) 5196 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5197 return wdev->address; 5198 } 5199 5200 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5201 { 5202 if (wdev->netdev) 5203 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5204 return wdev->is_running; 5205 } 5206 5207 /** 5208 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5209 * 5210 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5211 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5212 */ 5213 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5214 { 5215 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5216 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5217 } 5218 5219 /** 5220 * DOC: Utility functions 5221 * 5222 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5223 */ 5224 5225 /** 5226 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 5227 * 5228 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 5229 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 5230 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 5231 */ 5232 static inline bool 5233 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 5234 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 5235 { 5236 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 5237 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 5238 } 5239 5240 /** 5241 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 5242 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 5243 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 5244 */ 5245 static inline u32 5246 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5247 { 5248 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 5249 } 5250 5251 /** 5252 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 5253 * @chan: channel number 5254 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5255 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5256 */ 5257 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5258 5259 /** 5260 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5261 * @chan: channel number 5262 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5263 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5264 */ 5265 static inline int 5266 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 5267 { 5268 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 5269 } 5270 5271 /** 5272 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5273 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 5274 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5275 */ 5276 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 5277 5278 /** 5279 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5280 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 5281 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5282 */ 5283 static inline int 5284 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 5285 { 5286 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5287 } 5288 5289 /** 5290 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 5291 * frequency 5292 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5293 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 5294 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5295 */ 5296 struct ieee80211_channel * 5297 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 5298 5299 /** 5300 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5301 * 5302 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5303 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 5304 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5305 */ 5306 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 5307 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 5308 { 5309 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5310 } 5311 5312 /** 5313 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 5314 * @chan: control channel to check 5315 * 5316 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 5317 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 5318 */ 5319 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5320 { 5321 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 5322 return false; 5323 5324 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 5325 } 5326 5327 /** 5328 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5329 * 5330 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5331 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5332 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5333 * 5334 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5335 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5336 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5337 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5338 */ 5339 struct ieee80211_rate * 5340 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5341 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5342 5343 /** 5344 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5345 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5346 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5347 * 5348 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5349 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5350 */ 5351 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5352 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5353 5354 /* 5355 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5356 * 5357 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5358 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 5359 */ 5360 5361 struct radiotap_align_size { 5362 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5363 }; 5364 5365 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5366 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5367 int n_bits; 5368 uint32_t oui; 5369 uint8_t subns; 5370 }; 5371 5372 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5373 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5374 int n_ns; 5375 }; 5376 5377 /** 5378 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5379 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5380 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5381 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5382 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5383 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5384 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5385 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5386 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5387 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5388 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5389 * radiotap namespace or not 5390 * 5391 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5392 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5393 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5394 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5395 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5396 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5397 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5398 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5399 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5400 * next bitmap word 5401 * 5402 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5403 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5404 */ 5405 5406 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5407 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5408 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5409 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5410 5411 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5412 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5413 5414 unsigned char *this_arg; 5415 int this_arg_index; 5416 int this_arg_size; 5417 5418 int is_radiotap_ns; 5419 5420 int _max_length; 5421 int _arg_index; 5422 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5423 int _reset_on_ext; 5424 }; 5425 5426 int 5427 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5428 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5429 int max_length, 5430 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5431 5432 int 5433 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5434 5435 5436 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5437 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5438 5439 /** 5440 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5441 * 5442 * @skb: the frame 5443 * 5444 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5445 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5446 * 5447 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5448 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5449 * 802.11 header. 5450 */ 5451 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5452 5453 /** 5454 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5455 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5456 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5457 */ 5458 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5459 5460 /** 5461 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5462 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5463 * (first byte) will be accessed 5464 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5465 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5466 */ 5467 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5468 5469 /** 5470 * DOC: Data path helpers 5471 * 5472 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5473 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5474 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5475 */ 5476 5477 /** 5478 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5479 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5480 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5481 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5482 * @addr: the device MAC address 5483 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5484 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5485 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5486 */ 5487 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5488 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5489 u8 data_offset); 5490 5491 /** 5492 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5493 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5494 * @addr: the device MAC address 5495 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5496 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5497 */ 5498 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5499 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5500 { 5501 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5502 } 5503 5504 /** 5505 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5506 * 5507 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5508 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5509 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5510 * 5511 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5512 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5513 * initialized by by the caller. 5514 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5515 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5516 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5517 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5518 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5519 */ 5520 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5521 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5522 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5523 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5524 5525 /** 5526 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5527 * @skb: the data frame 5528 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5529 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5530 */ 5531 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5532 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5533 5534 /** 5535 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5536 * 5537 * @eid: element ID 5538 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5539 * @len: length of data 5540 * @match: byte array to match 5541 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5542 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5543 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5544 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5545 * the data portion instead. 5546 * 5547 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5548 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5549 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5550 * requested element struct. 5551 * 5552 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5553 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5554 * byte array to match. 5555 */ 5556 const struct element * 5557 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5558 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5559 unsigned int match_offset); 5560 5561 /** 5562 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5563 * 5564 * @eid: element ID 5565 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5566 * @len: length of data 5567 * @match: byte array to match 5568 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5569 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5570 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5571 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5572 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5573 * the second byte is the IE length. 5574 * 5575 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5576 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5577 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5578 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5579 * element ID. 5580 * 5581 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5582 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5583 * byte array to match. 5584 */ 5585 static inline const u8 * 5586 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5587 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5588 unsigned int match_offset) 5589 { 5590 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5591 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5592 */ 5593 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5594 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5595 return NULL; 5596 5597 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5598 match, match_len, 5599 match_offset ? 5600 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5601 } 5602 5603 /** 5604 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5605 * 5606 * @eid: element ID 5607 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5608 * @len: length of data 5609 * 5610 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5611 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5612 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5613 * requested element struct. 5614 * 5615 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5616 * having to fit into the given data. 5617 */ 5618 static inline const struct element * 5619 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5620 { 5621 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5622 } 5623 5624 /** 5625 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5626 * 5627 * @eid: element ID 5628 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5629 * @len: length of data 5630 * 5631 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5632 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5633 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5634 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5635 * 5636 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5637 * having to fit into the given data. 5638 */ 5639 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5640 { 5641 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5642 } 5643 5644 /** 5645 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5646 * 5647 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5648 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5649 * @len: length of data 5650 * 5651 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5652 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5653 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5654 * requested element struct. 5655 * 5656 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5657 * having to fit into the given data. 5658 */ 5659 static inline const struct element * 5660 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5661 { 5662 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5663 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5664 } 5665 5666 /** 5667 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5668 * 5669 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5670 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5671 * @len: length of data 5672 * 5673 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5674 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5675 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5676 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5677 * 5678 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5679 * having to fit into the given data. 5680 */ 5681 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5682 { 5683 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5684 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5685 } 5686 5687 /** 5688 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5689 * 5690 * @oui: vendor OUI 5691 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5692 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5693 * @len: length of data 5694 * 5695 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5696 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5697 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5698 * 5699 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5700 * the given data. 5701 */ 5702 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5703 const u8 *ies, 5704 unsigned int len); 5705 5706 /** 5707 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5708 * 5709 * @oui: vendor OUI 5710 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5711 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5712 * @len: length of data 5713 * 5714 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5715 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5716 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5717 * element ID. 5718 * 5719 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5720 * the given data. 5721 */ 5722 static inline const u8 * 5723 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5724 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5725 { 5726 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5727 } 5728 5729 /** 5730 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5731 * 5732 * @dev: network device 5733 * @addr: STA MAC address 5734 * 5735 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5736 * devices upon STA association. 5737 */ 5738 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5739 5740 /** 5741 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5742 * 5743 * TODO 5744 */ 5745 5746 /** 5747 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5748 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5749 * conflicts) 5750 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5751 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5752 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5753 * alpha2. 5754 * 5755 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5756 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5757 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5758 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5759 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5760 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5761 * 5762 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5763 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5764 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5765 * 5766 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5767 * an -ENOMEM. 5768 * 5769 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5770 */ 5771 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5772 5773 /** 5774 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5775 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5776 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5777 * 5778 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5779 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5780 * information. 5781 * 5782 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5783 */ 5784 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5785 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5786 5787 /** 5788 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5789 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5790 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5791 * 5792 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5793 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5794 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5795 * 5796 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5797 */ 5798 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5799 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5800 5801 /** 5802 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5803 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5804 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5805 * 5806 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5807 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5808 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5809 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5810 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5811 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5812 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5813 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5814 * that called this helper. 5815 */ 5816 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5817 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5818 5819 /** 5820 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5821 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5822 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5823 * 5824 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5825 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5826 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5827 * and processed already. 5828 * 5829 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5830 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5831 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5832 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5833 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5834 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5835 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5836 */ 5837 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5838 u32 center_freq); 5839 5840 /** 5841 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5842 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5843 * 5844 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5845 * proper string representation. 5846 */ 5847 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5848 5849 /** 5850 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 5851 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 5852 * 5853 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 5854 */ 5855 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5856 5857 /** 5858 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5859 * 5860 */ 5861 5862 /** 5863 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5864 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5865 * 5866 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5867 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5868 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5869 * 5870 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5871 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5872 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5873 * 5874 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5875 * an -ENODATA. 5876 * 5877 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5878 */ 5879 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5880 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5881 5882 /* 5883 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5884 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5885 */ 5886 5887 /** 5888 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5889 * 5890 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5891 * @info: information about the completed scan 5892 */ 5893 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5894 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5895 5896 /** 5897 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5898 * 5899 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5900 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5901 */ 5902 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5903 5904 /** 5905 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5906 * 5907 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5908 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5909 * 5910 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5911 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5912 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5913 */ 5914 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5915 5916 /** 5917 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5918 * 5919 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5920 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5921 * 5922 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5923 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5924 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5925 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5926 */ 5927 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5928 5929 /** 5930 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5931 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5932 * @data: the BSS metadata 5933 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5934 * @len: length of the management frame 5935 * @gfp: context flags 5936 * 5937 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5938 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5939 * 5940 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5941 * Or %NULL on error. 5942 */ 5943 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5944 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5945 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5946 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5947 gfp_t gfp); 5948 5949 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5950 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5951 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5952 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5953 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5954 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5955 { 5956 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5957 .chan = rx_channel, 5958 .scan_width = scan_width, 5959 .signal = signal, 5960 }; 5961 5962 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5963 } 5964 5965 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5966 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5967 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5968 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5969 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5970 { 5971 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5972 .chan = rx_channel, 5973 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5974 .signal = signal, 5975 }; 5976 5977 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5978 } 5979 5980 /** 5981 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 5982 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 5983 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 5984 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 5985 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 5986 */ 5987 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 5988 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 5989 { 5990 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 5991 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 5992 u64 new_bssid_u64; 5993 5994 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 5995 5996 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 5997 5998 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 5999 } 6000 6001 /** 6002 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 6003 * @element: element to check 6004 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 6005 */ 6006 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 6007 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 6008 6009 /** 6010 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 6011 * @ie: ies 6012 * @ielen: length of IEs 6013 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 6014 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 6015 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 6016 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 6017 */ 6018 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6019 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 6020 const struct element *sub_elem, 6021 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 6022 6023 /** 6024 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 6025 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 6026 * from a beacon or probe response 6027 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 6028 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 6029 */ 6030 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 6031 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 6032 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 6033 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 6034 }; 6035 6036 /** 6037 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 6038 * 6039 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6040 * @data: the BSS metadata 6041 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 6042 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 6043 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 6044 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 6045 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 6046 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 6047 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 6048 * @gfp: context flags 6049 * 6050 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6051 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6052 * 6053 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6054 * Or %NULL on error. 6055 */ 6056 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6057 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6058 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6059 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6060 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6061 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6062 gfp_t gfp); 6063 6064 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6065 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6066 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6067 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6068 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6069 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6070 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6071 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6072 { 6073 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6074 .chan = rx_channel, 6075 .scan_width = scan_width, 6076 .signal = signal, 6077 }; 6078 6079 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6080 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6081 gfp); 6082 } 6083 6084 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6085 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6086 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6087 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6088 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6089 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6090 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6091 { 6092 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6093 .chan = rx_channel, 6094 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6095 .signal = signal, 6096 }; 6097 6098 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6099 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6100 gfp); 6101 } 6102 6103 /** 6104 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 6105 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6106 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 6107 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 6108 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 6109 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 6110 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 6111 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 6112 */ 6113 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6114 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6115 const u8 *bssid, 6116 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 6117 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 6118 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 6119 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 6120 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6121 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6122 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 6123 { 6124 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 6125 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 6126 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 6127 } 6128 6129 /** 6130 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 6131 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6132 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 6133 * 6134 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6135 */ 6136 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6137 6138 /** 6139 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 6140 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6141 * @bss: the BSS struct 6142 * 6143 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6144 */ 6145 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6146 6147 /** 6148 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 6149 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6150 * @bss: the bss to remove 6151 * 6152 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 6153 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 6154 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 6155 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 6156 */ 6157 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6158 6159 /** 6160 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 6161 * 6162 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 6163 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 6164 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 6165 * 6166 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6167 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 6168 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 6169 * @iter: the iterator function to call 6170 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 6171 */ 6172 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6173 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6174 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6175 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6176 void *data), 6177 void *iter_data); 6178 6179 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 6180 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 6181 { 6182 switch (chandef->width) { 6183 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 6184 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 6185 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 6186 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 6187 default: 6188 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 6189 } 6190 } 6191 6192 /** 6193 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 6194 * @dev: network device 6195 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 6196 * @len: length of the frame data 6197 * 6198 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 6199 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 6200 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 6201 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6202 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6203 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6204 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 6205 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 6206 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 6207 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 6208 * 6209 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6210 */ 6211 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6212 6213 /** 6214 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 6215 * @dev: network device 6216 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 6217 * 6218 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 6219 * mutex. 6220 */ 6221 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6222 6223 /** 6224 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 6225 * @dev: network device 6226 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 6227 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 6228 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 6229 * @len: length of the frame data 6230 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 6231 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 6232 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 6233 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 6234 * 6235 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6236 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6237 * 6238 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6239 */ 6240 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 6241 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6242 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6243 int uapsd_queues, 6244 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 6245 6246 /** 6247 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 6248 * @dev: network device 6249 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 6250 * 6251 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6252 */ 6253 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6254 6255 /** 6256 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 6257 * @dev: network device 6258 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 6259 * 6260 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 6261 * an association attempt was abandoned. 6262 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6263 */ 6264 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6265 6266 /** 6267 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 6268 * @dev: network device 6269 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 6270 * @len: length of the frame data 6271 * 6272 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 6273 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 6274 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 6275 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 6276 */ 6277 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6278 6279 /** 6280 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 6281 * @dev: network device 6282 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 6283 * @len: length of the frame data 6284 * 6285 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 6286 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 6287 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 6288 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 6289 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 6290 * 6291 * This function may sleep. 6292 */ 6293 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 6294 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6295 6296 /** 6297 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 6298 * @dev: network device 6299 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 6300 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 6301 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 6302 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 6303 * @gfp: allocation flags 6304 * 6305 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 6306 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 6307 * primitive. 6308 */ 6309 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6310 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6311 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6312 6313 /** 6314 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6315 * 6316 * @dev: network device 6317 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6318 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6319 * @gfp: allocation flags 6320 * 6321 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6322 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6323 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6324 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6325 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6326 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6327 */ 6328 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6329 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6330 6331 /** 6332 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 6333 * 6334 * @dev: network device 6335 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6336 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6337 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6338 * @gfp: allocation flags 6339 * 6340 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6341 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6342 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6343 */ 6344 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6345 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6346 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6347 6348 /** 6349 * DOC: RFkill integration 6350 * 6351 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6352 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6353 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6354 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6355 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6356 * 6357 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6358 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6359 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6360 */ 6361 6362 /** 6363 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6364 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6365 * @blocked: block status 6366 */ 6367 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 6368 6369 /** 6370 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6371 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6372 */ 6373 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6374 6375 /** 6376 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6377 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6378 */ 6379 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6380 6381 /** 6382 * DOC: Vendor commands 6383 * 6384 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6385 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6386 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6387 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6388 * the configuration mechanism. 6389 * 6390 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6391 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6392 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6393 * 6394 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6395 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6396 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6397 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6398 * managers etc. need. 6399 */ 6400 6401 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6402 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6403 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6404 int approxlen); 6405 6406 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6407 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6408 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6409 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6410 unsigned int portid, 6411 int vendor_event_idx, 6412 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6413 6414 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6415 6416 /** 6417 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6418 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6419 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6420 * be put into the skb 6421 * 6422 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6423 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6424 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6425 * 6426 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6427 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6428 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6429 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6430 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6431 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6432 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6433 * 6434 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6435 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6436 * 6437 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6438 */ 6439 static inline struct sk_buff * 6440 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6441 { 6442 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6443 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6444 } 6445 6446 /** 6447 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6448 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6449 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6450 * 6451 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6452 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6453 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6454 * skb regardless of the return value. 6455 * 6456 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6457 */ 6458 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6459 6460 /** 6461 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6462 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6463 * 6464 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6465 * Valid to call only there. 6466 */ 6467 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6468 6469 /** 6470 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6471 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6472 * @wdev: the wireless device 6473 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6474 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6475 * be put into the skb 6476 * @gfp: allocation flags 6477 * 6478 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6479 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6480 * 6481 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6482 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6483 * attribute. 6484 * 6485 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6486 * skb to send the event. 6487 * 6488 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6489 */ 6490 static inline struct sk_buff * 6491 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6492 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6493 { 6494 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6495 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6496 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6497 } 6498 6499 /** 6500 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6501 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6502 * @wdev: the wireless device 6503 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6504 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6505 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6506 * be put into the skb 6507 * @gfp: allocation flags 6508 * 6509 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6510 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6511 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6512 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6513 * 6514 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6515 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6516 * attribute. 6517 * 6518 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6519 * skb to send the event. 6520 * 6521 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6522 */ 6523 static inline struct sk_buff * 6524 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6525 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6526 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6527 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6528 { 6529 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6530 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6531 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6532 } 6533 6534 /** 6535 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6536 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6537 * @gfp: allocation flags 6538 * 6539 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6540 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6541 */ 6542 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6543 { 6544 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6545 } 6546 6547 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6548 /** 6549 * DOC: Test mode 6550 * 6551 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6552 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6553 * factory programming. 6554 * 6555 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6556 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6557 */ 6558 6559 /** 6560 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6561 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6562 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6563 * be put into the skb 6564 * 6565 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6566 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6567 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6568 * 6569 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6570 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6571 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6572 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6573 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6574 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6575 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6576 * 6577 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6578 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6579 * 6580 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6581 */ 6582 static inline struct sk_buff * 6583 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6584 { 6585 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6586 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6587 } 6588 6589 /** 6590 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6591 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6592 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6593 * 6594 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6595 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6596 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6597 * regardless of the return value. 6598 * 6599 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6600 */ 6601 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6602 { 6603 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6604 } 6605 6606 /** 6607 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6608 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6609 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6610 * be put into the skb 6611 * @gfp: allocation flags 6612 * 6613 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6614 * testmode multicast group. 6615 * 6616 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6617 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6618 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6619 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6620 * in any other way. 6621 * 6622 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6623 * skb to send the event. 6624 * 6625 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6626 */ 6627 static inline struct sk_buff * 6628 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6629 { 6630 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6631 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6632 approxlen, gfp); 6633 } 6634 6635 /** 6636 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6637 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6638 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6639 * @gfp: allocation flags 6640 * 6641 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6642 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6643 * consumes it. 6644 */ 6645 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6646 { 6647 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6648 } 6649 6650 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6651 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6652 #else 6653 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6654 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6655 #endif 6656 6657 /** 6658 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6659 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6660 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6661 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6662 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6663 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6664 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6665 * status for a FILS connection. 6666 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6667 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6668 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6669 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6670 */ 6671 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6672 const u8 *kek; 6673 size_t kek_len; 6674 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6675 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6676 const u8 *pmk; 6677 size_t pmk_len; 6678 const u8 *pmkid; 6679 }; 6680 6681 /** 6682 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6683 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6684 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6685 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6686 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6687 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6688 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6689 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6690 * case. 6691 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6692 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6693 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6694 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6695 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6696 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6697 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6698 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6699 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6700 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6701 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6702 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6703 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6704 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6705 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6706 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6707 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6708 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6709 */ 6710 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6711 int status; 6712 const u8 *bssid; 6713 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6714 const u8 *req_ie; 6715 size_t req_ie_len; 6716 const u8 *resp_ie; 6717 size_t resp_ie_len; 6718 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6719 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6720 }; 6721 6722 /** 6723 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6724 * 6725 * @dev: network device 6726 * @params: connection response parameters 6727 * @gfp: allocation flags 6728 * 6729 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6730 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6731 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6732 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6733 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6734 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6735 */ 6736 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6737 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6738 gfp_t gfp); 6739 6740 /** 6741 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6742 * 6743 * @dev: network device 6744 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6745 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6746 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6747 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6748 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6749 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6750 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6751 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6752 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6753 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6754 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6755 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6756 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6757 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6758 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6759 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6760 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6761 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6762 * case. 6763 * @gfp: allocation flags 6764 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6765 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6766 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6767 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6768 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6769 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6770 * 6771 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6772 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6773 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6774 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6775 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6776 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6777 */ 6778 static inline void 6779 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6780 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6781 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6782 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6783 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6784 { 6785 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6786 6787 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6788 params.status = status; 6789 params.bssid = bssid; 6790 params.bss = bss; 6791 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6792 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6793 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6794 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6795 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6796 6797 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6798 } 6799 6800 /** 6801 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6802 * 6803 * @dev: network device 6804 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6805 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6806 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6807 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6808 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6809 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6810 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6811 * the real status code for failures. 6812 * @gfp: allocation flags 6813 * 6814 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6815 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6816 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6817 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6818 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6819 */ 6820 static inline void 6821 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6822 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6823 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6824 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6825 { 6826 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6827 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6828 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6829 } 6830 6831 /** 6832 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6833 * 6834 * @dev: network device 6835 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6836 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6837 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6838 * @gfp: allocation flags 6839 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6840 * 6841 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6842 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6843 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6844 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6845 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6846 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6847 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6848 */ 6849 static inline void 6850 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6851 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6852 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6853 { 6854 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6855 gfp, timeout_reason); 6856 } 6857 6858 /** 6859 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6860 * 6861 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6862 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6863 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6864 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6865 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6866 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6867 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6868 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6869 */ 6870 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6871 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6872 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6873 const u8 *bssid; 6874 const u8 *req_ie; 6875 size_t req_ie_len; 6876 const u8 *resp_ie; 6877 size_t resp_ie_len; 6878 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6879 }; 6880 6881 /** 6882 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6883 * 6884 * @dev: network device 6885 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6886 * @gfp: allocation flags 6887 * 6888 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6889 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6890 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6891 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6892 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6893 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6894 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6895 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6896 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6897 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 6898 */ 6899 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6900 gfp_t gfp); 6901 6902 /** 6903 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6904 * 6905 * @dev: network device 6906 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6907 * @gfp: allocation flags 6908 * 6909 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6910 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6911 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6912 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6913 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6914 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6915 */ 6916 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6917 gfp_t gfp); 6918 6919 /** 6920 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6921 * 6922 * @dev: network device 6923 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6924 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6925 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6926 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6927 * @gfp: allocation flags 6928 * 6929 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6930 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6931 */ 6932 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6933 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6934 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6935 6936 /** 6937 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6938 * @wdev: wireless device 6939 * @cookie: the request cookie 6940 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6941 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6942 * channel 6943 * @gfp: allocation flags 6944 */ 6945 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6946 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6947 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6948 6949 /** 6950 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6951 * @wdev: wireless device 6952 * @cookie: the request cookie 6953 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6954 * @gfp: allocation flags 6955 */ 6956 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6957 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6958 gfp_t gfp); 6959 6960 /** 6961 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 6962 * @wdev: wireless device 6963 * @cookie: the requested cookie 6964 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 6965 * @gfp: allocation flags 6966 */ 6967 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6968 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 6969 6970 /** 6971 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6972 * 6973 * @sinfo: the station information 6974 * @gfp: allocation flags 6975 */ 6976 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6977 6978 /** 6979 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6980 * @sinfo: the station information 6981 * 6982 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6983 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6984 * the stack.) 6985 */ 6986 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6987 { 6988 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6989 } 6990 6991 /** 6992 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6993 * 6994 * @dev: the netdev 6995 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6996 * @sinfo: the station information 6997 * @gfp: allocation flags 6998 */ 6999 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7000 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7001 7002 /** 7003 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7004 * @dev: the netdev 7005 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7006 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 7007 * @gfp: allocation flags 7008 */ 7009 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7010 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7011 7012 /** 7013 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7014 * 7015 * @dev: the netdev 7016 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7017 * @gfp: allocation flags 7018 */ 7019 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 7020 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 7021 { 7022 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 7023 } 7024 7025 /** 7026 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 7027 * 7028 * @dev: the netdev 7029 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7030 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 7031 * @gfp: allocation flags 7032 * 7033 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 7034 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 7035 * for some reasons, this function is called. 7036 * 7037 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 7038 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 7039 */ 7040 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7041 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 7042 gfp_t gfp); 7043 7044 /** 7045 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7046 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7047 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 7048 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7049 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7050 * @len: length of the frame data 7051 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7052 * 7053 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7054 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7055 * 7056 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7057 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7058 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7059 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7060 */ 7061 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 7062 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 7063 7064 /** 7065 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7066 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7067 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 7068 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7069 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7070 * @len: length of the frame data 7071 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7072 * 7073 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7074 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7075 * 7076 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7077 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7078 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7079 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7080 */ 7081 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 7082 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7083 u32 flags) 7084 { 7085 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), sig_dbm, buf, len, 7086 flags); 7087 } 7088 7089 /** 7090 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 7091 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7092 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 7093 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7094 * @len: length of the frame data 7095 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7096 * @gfp: context flags 7097 * 7098 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 7099 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 7100 * transmission attempt. 7101 */ 7102 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7103 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 7104 7105 /** 7106 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 7107 * port frames 7108 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7109 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 7110 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 7111 * @len: length of the frame data 7112 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7113 * @gfp: context flags 7114 * 7115 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 7116 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 7117 * the transmission attempt. 7118 */ 7119 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7120 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 7121 gfp_t gfp); 7122 7123 /** 7124 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 7125 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7126 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 7127 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 7128 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 7129 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 7130 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 7131 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 7132 * 7133 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 7134 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 7135 * control port frames over nl80211. 7136 * 7137 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 7138 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 7139 * 7140 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 7141 */ 7142 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 7143 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 7144 7145 /** 7146 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 7147 * @dev: network device 7148 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 7149 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 7150 * @gfp: context flags 7151 * 7152 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 7153 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 7154 */ 7155 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7156 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 7157 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 7158 7159 /** 7160 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 7161 * @dev: network device 7162 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7163 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 7164 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 7165 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 7166 * @gfp: context flags 7167 */ 7168 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7169 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 7170 7171 /** 7172 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 7173 * @dev: network device 7174 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7175 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 7176 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 7177 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 7178 * @gfp: context flags 7179 * 7180 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 7181 * given interval is exceeded. 7182 */ 7183 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7184 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 7185 7186 /** 7187 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 7188 * @dev: network device 7189 * @gfp: context flags 7190 * 7191 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 7192 */ 7193 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 7194 7195 /** 7196 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 7197 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7198 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7199 * @gfp: context flags 7200 * 7201 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 7202 */ 7203 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7204 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 7205 7206 /** 7207 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 7208 * @dev: network device 7209 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 7210 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 7211 * @gfp: context flags 7212 * 7213 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 7214 * frame. 7215 */ 7216 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 7217 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 7218 gfp_t gfp); 7219 7220 /** 7221 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 7222 * @netdev: network device 7223 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7224 * @event: type of event 7225 * @gfp: context flags 7226 * 7227 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 7228 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 7229 * also by full-MAC drivers. 7230 */ 7231 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7232 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7233 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 7234 7235 7236 /** 7237 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 7238 * @dev: network device 7239 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 7240 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 7241 * @gfp: allocation flags 7242 */ 7243 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7244 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 7245 7246 /** 7247 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 7248 * @dev: network device 7249 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 7250 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 7251 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 7252 * @gfp: allocation flags 7253 */ 7254 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 7255 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 7256 7257 /** 7258 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 7259 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7260 * @addr: the transmitter address 7261 * @gfp: context flags 7262 * 7263 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7264 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 7265 * sender. 7266 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7267 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7268 */ 7269 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7270 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7271 7272 /** 7273 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 7274 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7275 * @addr: the transmitter address 7276 * @gfp: context flags 7277 * 7278 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7279 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 7280 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 7281 * station to avoid event flooding. 7282 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7283 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7284 */ 7285 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7286 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7287 7288 /** 7289 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 7290 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 7291 * @addr: the address of the peer 7292 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 7293 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 7294 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 7295 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 7296 * @gfp: allocation flags 7297 */ 7298 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7299 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 7300 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 7301 7302 /** 7303 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 7304 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7305 * @frame: the frame 7306 * @len: length of the frame 7307 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 7308 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7309 * 7310 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7311 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7312 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7313 */ 7314 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 7315 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 7316 7317 /** 7318 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 7319 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7320 * @frame: the frame 7321 * @len: length of the frame 7322 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 7323 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7324 * 7325 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7326 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7327 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7328 */ 7329 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7330 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 7331 int freq, int sig_dbm) 7332 { 7333 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 7334 sig_dbm); 7335 } 7336 7337 /** 7338 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 7339 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7340 * @chandef: the channel definition 7341 * @iftype: interface type 7342 * 7343 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7344 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 7345 */ 7346 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7347 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7348 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7349 7350 /** 7351 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 7352 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7353 * @chandef: the channel definition 7354 * @iftype: interface type 7355 * 7356 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7357 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 7358 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 7359 * more permissive conditions. 7360 * 7361 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7362 */ 7363 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7364 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7365 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7366 7367 /* 7368 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 7369 * @dev: the device which switched channels 7370 * @chandef: the new channel definition 7371 * 7372 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 7373 * driver context! 7374 */ 7375 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7376 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7377 7378 /* 7379 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7380 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7381 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7382 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7383 * 7384 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7385 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7386 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7387 */ 7388 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7389 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7390 u8 count); 7391 7392 /** 7393 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7394 * 7395 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7396 * @band: band pointer to fill 7397 * 7398 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7399 */ 7400 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7401 enum nl80211_band *band); 7402 7403 /** 7404 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7405 * 7406 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7407 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 7408 * 7409 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7410 */ 7411 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7412 u8 *op_class); 7413 7414 /** 7415 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 7416 * 7417 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7418 * 7419 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 7420 */ 7421 static inline u32 7422 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 7423 { 7424 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 7425 } 7426 7427 /* 7428 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 7429 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 7430 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 7431 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 7432 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 7433 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 7434 * @gfp: allocation flags 7435 * 7436 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 7437 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 7438 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 7439 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 7440 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 7441 */ 7442 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7443 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 7444 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 7445 7446 /* 7447 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 7448 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 7449 * 7450 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 7451 */ 7452 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 7453 7454 /** 7455 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 7456 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 7457 * 7458 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 7459 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 7460 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 7461 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 7462 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 7463 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 7464 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 7465 * 7466 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7467 */ 7468 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 7469 7470 /** 7471 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 7472 * @ies: FT IEs 7473 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 7474 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 7475 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 7476 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 7477 */ 7478 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 7479 const u8 *ies; 7480 size_t ies_len; 7481 const u8 *target_ap; 7482 const u8 *ric_ies; 7483 size_t ric_ies_len; 7484 }; 7485 7486 /** 7487 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 7488 * @netdev: network device 7489 * @ft_event: IE information 7490 */ 7491 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7492 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 7493 7494 /** 7495 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 7496 * @ies: the input IE buffer 7497 * @len: the input length 7498 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 7499 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 7500 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 7501 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 7502 * 7503 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 7504 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 7505 * 7506 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 7507 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 7508 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 7509 */ 7510 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7511 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 7512 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 7513 7514 /** 7515 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 7516 * @ies: the IE buffer 7517 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7518 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7519 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7520 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7521 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7522 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 7523 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 7524 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7525 * 7526 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7527 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7528 * split. 7529 * 7530 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7531 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7532 * 7533 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7534 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7535 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7536 * 7537 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7538 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7539 * of the buffer should be used. 7540 */ 7541 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7542 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 7543 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 7544 size_t offset); 7545 7546 /** 7547 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 7548 * @ies: the IE buffer 7549 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7550 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7551 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7552 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7553 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7554 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7555 * 7556 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7557 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7558 * split. 7559 * 7560 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7561 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7562 * 7563 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7564 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7565 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7566 * 7567 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7568 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7569 * of the buffer should be used. 7570 */ 7571 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7572 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7573 { 7574 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7575 } 7576 7577 /** 7578 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7579 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7580 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7581 * @gfp: allocation flags 7582 * 7583 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7584 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7585 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7586 * else caused the wakeup. 7587 */ 7588 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7589 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7590 gfp_t gfp); 7591 7592 /** 7593 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7594 * 7595 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7596 * @gfp: allocation flags 7597 * 7598 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7599 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7600 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7601 */ 7602 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7603 7604 /** 7605 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7606 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7607 * 7608 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7609 */ 7610 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7611 7612 /** 7613 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7614 * 7615 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7616 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7617 * 7618 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7619 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7620 * the interface combinations. 7621 */ 7622 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7623 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7624 7625 /** 7626 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7627 * 7628 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7629 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7630 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7631 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7632 * 7633 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7634 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7635 * purposes. 7636 */ 7637 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7638 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7639 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7640 void *data), 7641 void *data); 7642 7643 /* 7644 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7645 * 7646 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7647 * @wdev: wireless device 7648 * @gfp: context flags 7649 * 7650 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7651 * disconnected. 7652 * 7653 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7654 */ 7655 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7656 gfp_t gfp); 7657 7658 /** 7659 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7660 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7661 * 7662 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7663 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7664 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7665 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7666 * 7667 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7668 * the driver while the function is running. 7669 */ 7670 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7671 7672 /** 7673 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7674 * 7675 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7676 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7677 * 7678 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7679 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7680 */ 7681 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7682 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7683 { 7684 u8 *ft_byte; 7685 7686 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7687 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7688 } 7689 7690 /** 7691 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7692 * 7693 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7694 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7695 * 7696 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7697 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7698 */ 7699 static inline bool 7700 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7701 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7702 { 7703 u8 ft_byte; 7704 7705 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7706 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7707 } 7708 7709 /** 7710 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7711 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7712 * 7713 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7714 */ 7715 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7716 7717 /** 7718 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7719 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7720 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7721 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7722 * result. 7723 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7724 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7725 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7726 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7727 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7728 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7729 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7730 */ 7731 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7732 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7733 u8 inst_id; 7734 u8 peer_inst_id; 7735 const u8 *addr; 7736 u8 info_len; 7737 const u8 *info; 7738 u64 cookie; 7739 }; 7740 7741 /** 7742 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7743 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7744 * @match: match notification parameters 7745 * @gfp: allocation flags 7746 * 7747 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7748 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7749 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7750 */ 7751 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7752 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7753 7754 /** 7755 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7756 * 7757 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7758 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7759 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7760 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7761 * @gfp: allocation flags 7762 * 7763 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7764 */ 7765 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7766 u8 inst_id, 7767 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7768 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7769 7770 /* ethtool helper */ 7771 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7772 7773 /** 7774 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7775 * @netdev: network device 7776 * @params: External authentication parameters 7777 * @gfp: allocation flags 7778 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7779 */ 7780 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7781 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7782 gfp_t gfp); 7783 7784 /** 7785 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7786 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7787 * @req: the original measurement request 7788 * @result: the result data 7789 * @gfp: allocation flags 7790 */ 7791 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7792 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7793 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7794 gfp_t gfp); 7795 7796 /** 7797 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7798 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7799 * @req: the original measurement request 7800 * @gfp: allocation flags 7801 * 7802 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7803 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7804 */ 7805 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7806 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7807 gfp_t gfp); 7808 7809 /** 7810 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 7811 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7812 * @iftype: interface type 7813 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 7814 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 7815 * 7816 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 7817 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 7818 * check_swif is '1'. 7819 */ 7820 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7821 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 7822 7823 7824 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7825 7826 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7827 7828 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7829 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7830 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7831 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7832 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7833 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7834 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7835 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7836 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7837 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7838 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7839 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7840 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7841 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7842 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7843 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7844 7845 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7846 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7847 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7848 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7849 7850 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7851 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7852 7853 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7854 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7855 7856 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7857 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7858 #else 7859 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7860 ({ \ 7861 if (0) \ 7862 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7863 0; \ 7864 }) 7865 #endif 7866 7867 /* 7868 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7869 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7870 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7871 */ 7872 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7873 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7874 7875 /** 7876 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 7877 * @netdev: network device 7878 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 7879 * @gfp: allocation flags 7880 */ 7881 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7882 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 7883 gfp_t gfp); 7884 7885 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7886